-
1 τέλος
τέλος, ους, τό (Hom.+)① a point of time marking the end of a duration, end, termination, cessation (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130 §139 Jac. τέλος τ. Βίου Καίσαρος; TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 5 [Stone p. 4] τῆς ζωῆς; Maximus Tyr. 13, 9d ἀπιστίας) τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔσται τέλος Lk 1:33. μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων Hb 7:3. τὸ τέλος τοῦ καταργουμένου the end of the fading (splendor) 2 Cor 3:13. τέλος νόμου Χριστός Ro 10:4 (perh. 3 below). πάντων τὸ τέλος ἤγγικεν the end of all things is near 1 Pt 4:7. τὸ τ. Ἰερουσαλήμ GPt 7:25. τὸ τέλος κυρίου Js 5:11 is oft. (fr. Augustine to ABischoff, ZNW 7, 1906, 274–79) incorrectly taken to mean the end=the death (this is what τέλος means e.g. TestAbr A 4, p. 81, 14 [Stone p. 10]; Appian, Syr. 64 §342, Bell. Civ. 1, 107 §501; 3, 98 §408; Arrian, Anab. 3, 22, 2; 7, 24, 1) of the Lord Jesus (s. 3 below). τ̣ὸ̣ [τέλο]ς (or τ̣ε̣[λο]ς) τῶν φαινο[με]νων (Till’s rdg. of Ox 1081, 29f after the Coptic SJCh 90, 6, in place of τ̣ὸ̣ [φῶ]ς τῶν φαινο[μέ]νων) the end of the things that are apparent. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (X., An. 6, 5, 2; Pla., Phdr. 241d, Rep. 3, 392c; Diod S 14, 18, 8; 16, 91, 2) Mk 3:26 (opp. στῆναι). The possibility of repenting ἔχει τέλος is at an end Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the consummation that comes to prophecies when they are fulfilled (Xenophon Eph. 5, 1, 13; Jos., Ant. 2, 73; 4, 125; 10, 35; SibOr 3, 211): revelations Hv 3, 3, 2. So perh. τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει the references (in the Scriptures) to me are being fulfilled Lk 22:37; also prob. is my life’s work is at an end (cp. Diod S 20, 95, 1 τέλος ἔχειν of siege-machines, the construction of which entailed a great deal of hard work: be completed; Plut., Mor. 615e; Jos., Vi. 154).② the last part of a process, close, conclusion, esp. of the last things, the final act in the cosmic drama (Sb 8422, 10 [7 B.C.] τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τέλος; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 19 [Stone p. 32] τῆς κρίσεως ἐκείνης τὸ τέλος; ApcEsdr 3:13 ἐγγύς ἐστιν τὸ τέλος; Iren., 1, 10, 3 [Harv. I 96, 8] περὶ τοῦ τ. καὶ τῶν μέλλόντων)ⓐ Mt 24:6, 14; Mk 13:7; Lk 21:9; PtK 2 p. 13, 22. Perh. 1 Cor 15:24, if ἔσται is to be supplied w. εἶτα τὸ τέλος then the end will come (so JHéring, RHPR 12, ’33, 300–320; s. below, bα and 4). ἔχει τέλος the end is here Hv 3, 8, 9. On τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 Cor 10:11 s. αἰών 2b and 5 below; also MBogle, ET 67, ’56, 246f: τ.=‘mystery’.—PVolz, D. Eschatologie d. jüd. Gemeinde im ntl. Zeitalter ’34; Bousset, Rel.3 202–301; EHaupt, Die eschatol. Aussagen Jesu in den synopt. Evangelien 1895; HSharman, The Teaching of Jesus about the Future acc. to the Synopt. Gospels 1909; FSpitta, Die grosse eschatol. Rede Jesu: StKr 82, 1909, 348–401; EvDobschütz, The Eschatology of the Gospels 1910, Zur Eschatol. der Ev.: StKr 84, 1911, 1–20; PCorssen, Das apokalypt. Flugblatt in der synopt. überl.: Wochenschr. für klass. Philol. 32, 1915, nos. 30f; 33f; DVölter, Die eschat. Rede Jesu: SchTZ 32, 1915, 180–202; KWeiss (s. τελέω 1); JWeiss, Das Urchristent. 1917, 60–98; JJeremias, Jesus als Weltvollender 1930; WKümmel, Die Eschatologie der Ev.: ThBl 15, ’36, 225–41, Verheissg. u. Erfüllg. ’45; CCadoux, The Historic Mission of Jesus ’41 (eschat. of the synoptics); HPreisker, Das Ethos des Urchristentums ’49; AStrobel, Untersuchungen zum eschat. Verzögerungsproblem, ’61. Billerb. IV 799–976. S. also ἀνάστασις 2b, end.—In contrast to ἀρχή: B 1:6ab; IEph 14:1ab; IMg 13:1. Of God Rv 1:8 v.l.; 21:6; 22:13 (Ar. 4, 2; Just., D. 7, 2; Mel., P. 105, 113f; s. also ἀρχή 2).ⓑ adverbial expressionsα. adv. acc. τὸ τέλος finally (Pla. et al.; BGU 1024 VII, 23; B-D-F §160; s. Rob. 486–88; Theoph. Ant. 1, 14 [p. 92, 8].—The customary use in this case is τέλος without the art.: ViAm 1 [p. 81, 11 Sch.]) 1 Pt 3:8. εἶτα τὸ τέλος 1 Cor 15:24 is classed here by Hofmann2; FBurkitt, JTS 17, 1916, 384f; KBarth, Die Auferstehung der Toten2 1926, 96 (s. 2a above and 4 below).β. to the end, to the last: ἄχρι τέλους Hb 6:11; Rv 2:26; ἕως τέλους (Da 6:27 Theod.; JosAs 12:3) 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:13 (here, too, it means to the end=until the parousia [Windisch, Sickenberger, NRSV] rather than ‘fully’ [Ltzm., Hdb.; RSV ’46]); Hs 9, 27, 3; μέχρι τέλους (Phocylides [VI B.C.] 17 Diehl3 ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους; Chariton 4, 7, 8; Appian, Mithrid. 112 §550; Polyaenus 4, 6, 11; POxy 416, 3; PTebt 420, 18; Wsd 16:5; 19:1; Jos., Vi. 406) Hb 3:6 v.l., 14; Dg 10:7. S. also εἰς τέλος (γ below).γ. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 40 et al.; PTebt 38, 11 [113 B.C.]; 49, 12; Gen 46:4; GrBar 13:2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) Lk 18:5. σωθῆναι 2 Cl 19:3.—To the end, until the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17; Jos., Ant. 19, 96; JosAs 23:5) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13; IEph 14:2; IRo 10:3.—Forever, through all eternity (Dionys. Hal. 13, 88, 3; Ps 9:19; 76:9; 1 Ch 28:9; Da 3:34) ἔφθασεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 Th 2:16 (s. also below and cp. TestLevi 6:11, concerning which there is a variety of opinion). εἰς τέλος ἀπολέσαι τὴν ζωήν lose one’s life forever Hs 8, 8, 5b.—Decisively, extremely, fully, altogether (Polyb. 1, 20, 7; 10; 12, 27, 3 and oft.; Diod S 18, 57, 1 ταπεινωθέντες εἰς τ.=ruined utterly; Lucian, Philop. 14; Appian, Bell. Mithr. 44 §174; OGI 90, 12 [II B.C.]; PTebt 38, 11 [II B.C.]; 49, 11; 793 [s. οὖς 1]; Josh 8:24; 2 Ch 12:12; Ps 73:1; Job 6:9; PsSol 1:1; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 23 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 19; Jos., Vi. 24; Just., A I, 44, 12; Diodorus on Ps 51:7: MPG 33, 1589b εἰς τέλος τουτέστι παντελῶς) 1 Th 2:16 ( forever is also prob.; s. above); B 4:7; 10:5; 19:11. ἱλαρὰ εἰς τέλος ἦν she was quite cheerful Hv 3, 10, 5. Cp. 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 6, 2, 3; 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 2; 5a; 8, 9, 3; 9, 14, 2.—For εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς J 13:1 s. εἰς 3.δ. ἐν τέλει at the end (opp. πρὸ αἰώνων) IMg 6:1.③ the goal toward which a movement is being directed, end, goal, outcome (Dio Chrys. 67 [17], 3; Epict. 1, 30, 4; 3, 24, 7; Maximus Tyr. 20, 3b; Jos., Ant. 9, 73; TestAsh 1:3; ἡ θεία παίδευσις καὶ εἰσαγωγὴν ἔχει καὶ προκοπὴν καὶ τ. Did., Gen. 69, 9) Mt 26:58. τὸ τέλος κυρίου the outcome which the Lord brought about in the case of Job’s trials Js 5:11 (Diod S 20, 13, 3 τὸ δαιμόνιον τοῖς ὑπερηφάνως διαλογιζομένοις τὸ τέλος τῶν κατελπισθέντων εἰς τοὐναντίον μετατίθησιν=the divinity, in the case of the arrogant, turns the outcome of what they hoped for to the opposite.—On Js 5:11 s. 1 above). τὸ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν ἀγάπη the instruction has love as its aim 1 Ti 1:5 (Ἐπίκουρος … λέγων τὸ τ. τῆς σοφίας εἶναι ἡδονήν Hippol., Ref. 1, 22, 4. τ.=‘goal’ or ‘purpose’: Epict. 1, 20, 15; 4, 8, 12; Diog. L. 2, 87; Just., D. 2, 6). Perh. this is the place for Ro 10:4, in the sense that Christ is the goal and the termination of the law at the same time, somewhat in the sense of Gal 3:24f (schol. on Pla., Leg. 625d τέλος τῶν νόμων=goal of the laws; Plut., Mor. 780e δίκη … νόμου τέλος ἐστί; FFlückiger, TZ 11, ’55, 153–57; difft. RJewett, Int 39, ’85, 341–56, Christ as goal but without repudiation of the law; cp. SBechtler, CBQ 56, ’94, 288–308); s. 1.—Esp. also of the final goal toward which pers. and things are striving, of the outcome or destiny which awaits them in accordance w. their nature (TestAsh 6:4; Philo, Exs. 162, Virt. 182; Just., A II, 3, 7; Ath., R. 24 p. 77, 19; Aelian, VH 3, 43; Alciphron 4, 7, 8; Procop. Soph., Ep. 154; τὸ τ. ὁρόμου Orig., C. Cels. 7, 52, 6) τὸ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος … τὸ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ro 6:21f. Cp. 2 Cor 11:15; Phil 3:19 (HKoester, NTS 8, ’61/62, 325f): perh. a play on a mystery term; 1 Pt 4:17 (cp. 2 Macc 7:30–38); Hb 6:8. κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως 1 Pt 1:9. τέλος τὰ πράγματα ἔχει all things have a goal or final destiny (i.e. death or life) IMg 5:1 (τέλος ἔχειν as Plut., Mor. 382e; Polyaenus 4, 2, 11 τέλος οὐκ ἔσχεν ἡ πρᾶξις=did not reach its goal; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 181, Ant. 17, 185.—Ael. Aristid. 52 p. 597 D.: τὸ τέλος πάντων πραγμάτων). εἰς τέλος εἶναι be at = reach the goal IRo 1:1 (εἰς for ἐν; s. εἰς 1aδ).④ last in a series, rest, remainder (Aristot. De Gen. Anim. 1, 18 p. 725b, 8; Is 19:15. Of a military formation Arrian, Tact. 10, 5; 18, 4), if τὸ τέλος 1 Cor 15:24 is to be taken, w. JWeiss and Ltzm., of a third and last group (τάγμα 1b; s. 2a and 2bα above).⑤ revenue obligation, (indirect) tax, toll-tax, customs duties (X., Pla. et al.; ins, pap; 1 Macc 10:31; 11:35; Jos., Ant. 12, 141) ἀποδιδόναι τὸ τέλος Ro 13:7b; cp. a (w. φόρος as Appian, Sicil. 2, 6, Bell. Civ. 2, 13 §47; Vi. Aesopi W 92; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 22. Pl. w. εἰσφοραί Theoph. Ant. 1, 10 [p. 80, 19]). λαμβάνειν τέλη ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25 (w. κῆνσος; Just., A I, 27, 2).—τὰ τέλη τ. αἰώνων 1 Cor 10:11 is transl. the (spiritual) revenues of the ages by ASouter (Pocket Lex. of the NT 1916, s.v. τέλος) and PMacpherson, ET 55, ’43/44, 222 (s. 2a above).—GDelling, TW VIII, 50–88: τέλος and related words, also ZNW 55, ’64, 26–42=Studien zum NT, ’70, 17–31.—B. 802; 979. Schmidt, Syn. IV 496–523. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
2 Ɛnnɛ, nkɔmhyɛ ahorow da so renya mmamu, na ɛda no adi sɛ nna a edi akyiri no ni.
sentenceToday, still other prophecies are being fulfilled, identifying these as the last days.Twi to English dictionary > Ɛnnɛ, nkɔmhyɛ ahorow da so renya mmamu, na ɛda no adi sɛ nna a edi akyiri no ni.
-
3 reunir
v.1 to bring together.Ellos reunieron a muchos amigos They brought together many friends.2 to collect, to bring together.reunió una gran fortuna he amassed a large fortune3 to meet, to fulfill (requisitos, condiciones).el plan reúne todas las condiciones para ser aceptado the plan meets o fulfills all the criteria for acceptanceno reúne los requisitos necesarios para el puesto he doesn't meet the requirements for the post4 to put back together.5 to gather, to scrape together, to collect, to muster.Ellos reunieron dinero They gathered money.6 to assemble.Ellos reunieron a los miembros They assembled the members.7 to merge, to incorporate.Ellos reunieron a las empresas They merged the companies.8 to have, to muster, to meet.Ella reunía buenas cualidades She mustered good qualities.* * *(stressed ú in certain persons of certain tenses)Present IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to gather, collect2) raise3) join4) unite5) have•- reunirse* * *1. VT1) (=juntar) to join, join together2) (=recolectar) [+ cosas dispersas] to gather, gather together, get together; [+ datos] to collect, gather; [+ recursos] to pool; [+ colección] to assemble, make; [+ dinero] to collect; [+ fondos] to raisela producción de los demás países reunidos no alcanzará al nuestro — the production of the other countries put together will not come up to ours
3) [+ personas] to bring together, get together4) [+ cualidades] to combine; [+ condiciones] to have, possess2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cualidades/características> to have; < requisitos> to satisfy, meet2) < datos> to gather; <dinero/fondos> to raise; < información> to gather together, collectreunir pruebas — to gather o assemble evidence
3) < personas>2.reunirse v pron consejo/junta to meet; amigos/parientes to get togetherse va a reunir con los representantes — she's going to have a meeting with o meet the representatives
* * *= assemble, bring together, compile, gather, pull together, put together, round up, unite, encapsulate, muster, bundle, gather together, pool, reunite [re-unite], band, draw together.Ex. In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.Ex. For example, Recreation, previously dispersed over several main classes, is now brought together as a new main class, and Space Science has been added between Astronomy and the Earth Sciences.Ex. This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.Ex. A bibliography is a list of materials or items which is restricted in its coverage by some feature other than the materials being gathered in one library collection.Ex. This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.Ex. The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.Ex. That is, you can round up terminals if you have to very rapidly.Ex. It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.Ex. The fundamental OOP technique is to encapsulate data with the operations/code that operate on that data into a single entity which is called an object.Ex. Obviously, the task will strain all the resources of mind and character that the nation can muster.Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex. If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment (indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex. Divided collections are being reunited and bodies of material considered lost after World War 2 are resurfacing in Eastern Europe as well as in Germany.Ex. The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.Ex. The application of the classification schemes, once constructed, involves synthesis, or the drawing together of the single concepts which are listed in the scheme from their different facets, in order to specify compound subjects.----* que reúne las condiciones = qualified.* reunir dinero = raise + money.* reunir el dinero = muster (up) + the cash, come up with + the money.* reunir el efectivo = muster (up) + the cash.* reunir información = pool + information.* reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.* reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.* reunir material = gather + material.* reunirse = get together, meet, convene, meet up, caucus.* reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.* reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.* volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].* volverse a reunir = reconvene.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cualidades/características> to have; < requisitos> to satisfy, meet2) < datos> to gather; <dinero/fondos> to raise; < información> to gather together, collectreunir pruebas — to gather o assemble evidence
3) < personas>2.reunirse v pron consejo/junta to meet; amigos/parientes to get togetherse va a reunir con los representantes — she's going to have a meeting with o meet the representatives
* * *= assemble, bring together, compile, gather, pull together, put together, round up, unite, encapsulate, muster, bundle, gather together, pool, reunite [re-unite], band, draw together.Ex: In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.
Ex: For example, Recreation, previously dispersed over several main classes, is now brought together as a new main class, and Space Science has been added between Astronomy and the Earth Sciences.Ex: This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.Ex: A bibliography is a list of materials or items which is restricted in its coverage by some feature other than the materials being gathered in one library collection.Ex: This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.Ex: The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.Ex: That is, you can round up terminals if you have to very rapidly.Ex: It has become increasingly difficult to unite both categories in one union and demands for a trade union of library employees have been raised.Ex: The fundamental OOP technique is to encapsulate data with the operations/code that operate on that data into a single entity which is called an object.Ex: Obviously, the task will strain all the resources of mind and character that the nation can muster.Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex: If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment (indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex: Divided collections are being reunited and bodies of material considered lost after World War 2 are resurfacing in Eastern Europe as well as in Germany.Ex: The author advises banding retention policies to focus on a few clear options.Ex: The application of the classification schemes, once constructed, involves synthesis, or the drawing together of the single concepts which are listed in the scheme from their different facets, in order to specify compound subjects.* que reúne las condiciones = qualified.* reunir dinero = raise + money.* reunir el dinero = muster (up) + the cash, come up with + the money.* reunir el efectivo = muster (up) + the cash.* reunir información = pool + information.* reunir las condiciones = fit + the bill.* reunir las condiciones para = qualify for.* reunir material = gather + material.* reunirse = get together, meet, convene, meet up, caucus.* reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.* reunir una serie de condiciones = meet + set of conditions.* volver a reunir = reassemble [re-assemble].* volverse a reunir = reconvene.* * *vtA (tener) ‹cualidades/características› to havelos aspirantes deberán reunir los siguientes requisitos … candidates must satisfy o meet the following requirements …reúne todas las condiciones necesarias para el cargo he fulfills all the requirements for the positionB (recoger, recolectar) ‹datos› to gather; ‹dinero/fondos› to raiseha logrado reunir una colección excepcional de sellos she has managed to build up an impressive stamp collectionel volumen reúne varios artículos publicados recientemente por el autor the volume brings together o is a collection of several recently published articles by the authorprimero hay que reunir la información necesaria the first step is to gather together o collect o assemble all the necessary informationreunir pruebas contra algn to gather o assemble evidence against sbC ‹personas›reunió a toda la familia en su casa she got all the family together at her housereunió a los jefes de sección he called a meeting of the heads of department, he called the heads of department togetherlos reunió y les leyó el telegrama he called them together and read them the telegram■ reunirse«consejo/junta» to meet; «amigos/parientes» to get togetherhace años que no se reúne toda la familia it's years since the whole family got togetherse reunieron tras 20 años sin verse they met up again o got together again after 20 yearsreunirse CON algn:me reuní con él en Chicago I met up with him in Chicagose va a reunir con los representantes de la compañía en Alemania she's going to meet o have a meeting with o ( esp AmE) meet with the company's representatives in Germany* * *
reunir ( conjugate reunir) verbo transitivo
1 ‹cualidades/características› to have;
‹ requisitos› to satisfy, meet;
‹ condiciones› to fulfill, satisfy
2 ‹ datos› to gather;
‹dinero/fondos› to raise;
‹ información› to gather together, collect
3 ‹amigos/familia› to get … together;
reunirse verbo pronominal [consejo/junta] to meet;
[amigos/parientes] to get together;
reunirse con algn ( encontrarse) to meet up with sb;
( tener una reunión) to have a meeting with sb, meet with sb (AmE)
reunir verbo transitivo
1 (juntar) to collect: si reúnes tres vales, te dan uno de regalo, if you collect three vouchers, they'll give you another one free
(dinero) to raise
(información) to gather
(valor, fuerza) to muster (up)
2 (congregar) to gather together: nos reunieron en una pequeña sala, they brought us together in a small room
3 (cualidades, características) to have, possess
(requisitos) to fulfil
' reunir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aunar
- juntar
- satisfacer
- agrupar
- requisito
- reunido
English:
assemble
- bill
- gather
- gather together
- get together
- muster
- pool
- put together
- raise
- rake together
- rally
- reassemble
- reunite
- round up
- scrape together
- scrape up
- summon up
- accumulate
- collect
- compile
- get
- marshal
- meet
- put
- qualified
- summon
* * *♦ vt1. [juntar] [personas] to bring together;la fiesta de homenaje reunió a todos los amigos del artista the party in his honour brought all the artist's friends together2. [objetos, información] to collect, to bring together;[fondos] to raise;reunió una gran fortuna he amassed a large fortune3. [tener] [requisitos, condiciones] to meet, to fulfil;[cualidades] to possess, to combine;el plan reúne todas las condiciones para ser aceptado the plan meets o fulfils all the criteria for acceptance;no reúne los requisitos necesarios para el puesto she doesn't meet the requirements for the post4. [volver a unir] to put back together* * *v/t1 personas bring together;estar reunido be in a meeting2 requisitos meet, fulfill, Brfulfil3 datos gather (together)* * *reunir {68} vt1) : to unite, to join, to bring together2) : to have, to possessreunieron los requisitos necesarios: they fulfilled the necessary requirements3) : to gather, to collect, to raise (funds)* * *reunir vb1. (juntar personas) to get together / to call togetheresta exposición reúne 140 obras del artista this exhibition brings together 140 of the artist's works3. (dinero) to raise¿cuánto dinero hemos reunido? how much money have we raised? -
4 аудит
аудит
Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и их объективной оценки с целью установления степени соответствия критериям аудита.
Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудитами первой стороны», как правило, проводятся самой организацией или от ее имени для внутренних целей и могут служить основой для самодекларации о соответствии. Во многих случаях, особенно для небольших организаций, независимость может быть продемонстрирована тем, что лица, осуществляющие аудит, не несут ответственности за деятельность, которая является предметом аудита.
Примечание 2. К внешним аудитам относятся так называемые «аудиты второй стороны» или «аудиты третьей стороны». «Аудиты второй стороны» проводятся сторонами, заинтересованными в деятельности организации, например потребителями или другими лицами от их имени. «Аудиты третьей стороны» проводятся внешними независимыми организациями, например, осуществляющими регистрацию или сертификацию на соответствие требованиям стандартов ИСО 9001 и ИСО 14001.
Примечание 3. Аудит, предметом которого одновременно являются система менеджмента качества и система экологического менеджмента, называется комбинированным аудитом.
Примечание 4. Аудит одной организации, проводимый совместно двумя или более организациями, называется совместным аудитом.
[ http://www.14000.ru/glossary/main.php?PHPSESSID=25e3708243746ef7c85d0a8408d768af]
аудит
Формальное обследование и проверка на предмет соблюдения какого-либо стандарта или рекомендаций, точности ведения записей или достижения целевых значений эффективности и результативности. Аудит может проводиться внутренними или внешними службами. См. тж. оценка соответствия; сертификация.
[Словарь терминов ITIL® версия 1.0, 29 июля 2011 г.]
аудит
Проверка финансовой деятельности фирмы (компании, предприятия) независимым ревизором — аудитором. Независимая экспертиза и анализ финансовой отчетности хозяйствующего субъекта с целью определения ее соответствия действующему законодательству; выделяют два вида А.: внешний и внутренний. Он может осуществляться по инициативе компании (самоконтроль) и «по закону», то есть внешними контрольными службами по решению властей. См. также: Концептуальные корректировки финансовой отчетности, Корректировки финансовой отчетности сравнимых компаний - аналогов, Корректировки предыдущих периодов, Финансовая (бухгалтерская) отчетность (по МCФО), Финансовая (бухгалтерская) отчетность (по РСБУ).
[ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]EN
audit
Systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining audit evidence and evaluating it objectively to determine the extent to which audit criteria are fulfilled.
Note 1. Internal audits, sometimes called first-party audits, are conducted by, or on behalf of the organization itself for internal purposes and can form the basis for an organizations self-declaration of conformity. In many cases, particularly in smaller organizations, independence can be demonstrated by the freedom from responsibility for the activity being audited.
Note 2. External audits include those generally termed second- and third-party audits. Second-party audits are conducted by parties having an interest in the organization, such as customers, or by other persons on their behalf. Third party audits are conducted by external, independent auditing organizations, such as those providing registration or certification of conformity to the requirements of ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Note 3. When a quality management system and an environmental management system are audited together, this is termed a combined audit.
Note 4. When two or more auditing organizations co-operate to audit a single auditee, this is termed a joint audit.
[ISO 19011]
audit
Formal inspection and verification to check whether a standard or set of guidelines is being followed, that records are accurate, or that efficiency and effectiveness targets are being met. An audit may be carried out by internal or external groups. See also assessment; certification.
[Словарь терминов ITIL® версия 1.0, 29 июля 2011 г.]Тематики
EN
4.5 аудит (audit): Независимая оценка программных продуктов и процессов, проводимая уполномоченным лицом с целью оценить их соответствие требованиям.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 12207-2010: Информационная технология. Системная и программная инженерия. Процессы жизненного цикла программных средств оригинал документа
3.4 аудит (audit): Проверка, выполняемая компетентным органом (лицом) с целью обеспечения независимой оценки степени соответствия программных продуктов или процессов установленным требованиям.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 12207-99: Информационная технология. Процессы жизненного цикла программных средств оригинал документа
3.3 аудит (audit): официальное исследование, изучение или проверка фактических результатов в сопоставлении с ожидаемыми относительно предполагаемых результатов в целях соответствия и исполнения требований нормативных актов.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 18028-1-2008: Информационная технология. Методы и средства обеспечения безопасности. Сетевая безопасность информационных технологий. Часть 1. Менеджмент сетевой безопасности оригинал документа
3.5 аудит (audit): Служба, задачей которой является проверка наличия адекватных мер контроля и сообщение руководству соответствующего уровня о несоответствиях.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/ТО 13569-2007: Финансовые услуги. Рекомендации по информационной безопасности
3.1 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документируемый процесс получения свидетельств аудита (3.3) и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита (3.2).
Примечания
1 Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудитами первой стороны», проводятся самой организацией или от ее имени для анализа со стороны руководства или других внутренних целей (например, для подтверждения намеченных показателей результативности системы менеджмента или для получения информации по улучшению системы менеджмента) и могут служить основанием для декларации о соответствии. Во многих случаях, особенно в малых организациях, независимость при аудите может быть продемонстрирована отсутствием ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту, или беспристрастностью и отсутствием конфликта интересов.
2 Внешние аудиты включают в себя аудиты, называемые «аудитами второй стороны» и «аудитами третьей стороны». Аудиты второй стороны проводят стороны, заинтересованные в деятельности организации, например, потребители или другие лица от их имени. Аудиты третьей стороны проводят внешние независимые организации, такие как регулирующие или надзорные органы или организации, проводящие регистрацию или сертификацию.
3 Аудит двух или нескольких систем менеджмента для различных аспектов (например, качество, охрана окружающей среды, охрана труда), проводимый одновременно, называют «комплексным аудитом».
4 Если две или несколько проверяющих организаций объединяют свои усилия для проведения аудита одной проверяемой организации (3.7), такой аудит называют совместным.
5 Адаптировано из ИСО 9000:2005, статья 3.9.1.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 19011-2012: Руководящие указания по аудиту систем менеджмента оригинал документа
3.11 аудит (audit) (проверка): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита.
Примечания
1 Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудиты (проверки) первой стороны», проводятся обычно самой организацией или от ее имени для внутренних целей могут служить основанием для декларации о соответствии.
2 Внешние аудиты включают аудиты, называемые «аудиты второй стороны» или «аудиты третьей стороны».
Аудиты второй стороны проводят стороны, заинтересованные в деятельности организации, например потребители или другие лица от их имени.
Аудиты третьей стороны проводят внешние независимые организации, осуществляют сертификацию или регистрацию на соответствие требованиям ГОСТ Р ИСО 9001 или ГОСТ Р ИСО 14001.
3 Аудит систем менеджмента качества и экологического менеджмента, проводимый одновременно, называют комплексным аудитом.
4 Если аудит проверяемой организации проводят одновременно две или несколько организаций, такой аудит называют совместным.
[ ГОСТ Р ИСО 19011-2003, пункт 3.1]
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54298-2010: Системы экологического менеджмента. Порядок сертификации систем экологического менеджмента на соответствие ГОСТ Р ИСО 14001-2007 оригинал документа
3.2 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документируемый процесс получения «свидетельств аудита» и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения «критериев аудита».
[ИСО 9000:2005, пункт 3.9.1]
Примечания
1 Понятие «независимый» не обязательно означает внешний для организации. Во многих случаях, особенно в малых организациях, независимость может быть продемонстрирована отсутствием ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту.
2 Для дальнейшего разъяснения терминов «свидетельство аудита» и «критерии аудита» следует обратиться к ИСО 19011.
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54934-2012: Системы менеджмента безопасности труда и охраны здоровья. Требования оригинал документа
4.4 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения записей, фиксирования фактов или другой соответствующей информации и их объективного оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения заданных требований (3.1).
Примечание - В то время как термин «аудит» относится к системам менеджмента, термин «оценка» применяется к органам по оценке соответствия, а также используется в более общем смысле.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 17000-2009: Оценка соответствия. Словарь и общие принципы оригинал документа
3.2.63 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита.
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54147-2010: Стратегический и инновационный менеджмент. Термины и определения оригинал документа
5.18 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документально оформленный процесс (6.4), целью которого является получение свидетельств аудита (5.21) в результате проведения объективной оценки, предусматривающей определение степени выполнения критериев аудита (5.20).
Примечание 1 - Внутренние аудиты (5.18.1), называемые «аудитами первой стороны», проводятся самой организацией (3.4) или от ее лица для анализа со стороны руководства и других внутренних целей, и могут служить основой для самодекларирования соответствия. Во многих случаях, особенно в небольших организациях, независимость может быть продемонстрирована свободой от ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту.
Примечание 2 - Внешние аудиты, как правило, включают в себя аудиты, проводимые второй и третьей сторонами. Аудиты, проводимые второй стороной, осуществляются сторонами, заинтересованными в деятельности организации, например потребителями или другими лицами от их имени. Аудиты, проводимые третьей стороной, проводятся внешними независимыми организациями по аудиту, например организациями, обеспечивающими регистрацию или сертификацию (3.10) на соответствие требованиям, установленным в ИСО 9001 или ИСО 14001.
Примечание 3 - Если аудиты систем менеджмента качества или системы экологического менеджмента (4.1) проводятся одновременно, то это называется комплексным аудитом.
Примечание 4 - Если две и более аудирующие организации объединяются для проведения аудита одного аудируемого субъекта (5.26), то это называется совместным аудитом.
[ИСО 19011:2002]
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 14050-2009: Менеджмент окружающей среды. Словарь оригинал документа
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > аудит
-
5 AUDIT
- ревизия
- контроль отчётности
- заказчик аудита
- аудит качества
- аудит (проверка)
- аудит
- автоматический датчик для обследования помещений АЭС без помощи персонала
автоматический датчик для обследования помещений АЭС без помощи персонала
—
[А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]Тематики
EN
аудит
Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и их объективной оценки с целью установления степени соответствия критериям аудита.
Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудитами первой стороны», как правило, проводятся самой организацией или от ее имени для внутренних целей и могут служить основой для самодекларации о соответствии. Во многих случаях, особенно для небольших организаций, независимость может быть продемонстрирована тем, что лица, осуществляющие аудит, не несут ответственности за деятельность, которая является предметом аудита.
Примечание 2. К внешним аудитам относятся так называемые «аудиты второй стороны» или «аудиты третьей стороны». «Аудиты второй стороны» проводятся сторонами, заинтересованными в деятельности организации, например потребителями или другими лицами от их имени. «Аудиты третьей стороны» проводятся внешними независимыми организациями, например, осуществляющими регистрацию или сертификацию на соответствие требованиям стандартов ИСО 9001 и ИСО 14001.
Примечание 3. Аудит, предметом которого одновременно являются система менеджмента качества и система экологического менеджмента, называется комбинированным аудитом.
Примечание 4. Аудит одной организации, проводимый совместно двумя или более организациями, называется совместным аудитом.
[ http://www.14000.ru/glossary/main.php?PHPSESSID=25e3708243746ef7c85d0a8408d768af]
аудит
Формальное обследование и проверка на предмет соблюдения какого-либо стандарта или рекомендаций, точности ведения записей или достижения целевых значений эффективности и результативности. Аудит может проводиться внутренними или внешними службами. См. тж. оценка соответствия; сертификация.
[Словарь терминов ITIL® версия 1.0, 29 июля 2011 г.]
аудит
Проверка финансовой деятельности фирмы (компании, предприятия) независимым ревизором — аудитором. Независимая экспертиза и анализ финансовой отчетности хозяйствующего субъекта с целью определения ее соответствия действующему законодательству; выделяют два вида А.: внешний и внутренний. Он может осуществляться по инициативе компании (самоконтроль) и «по закону», то есть внешними контрольными службами по решению властей. См. также: Концептуальные корректировки финансовой отчетности, Корректировки финансовой отчетности сравнимых компаний - аналогов, Корректировки предыдущих периодов, Финансовая (бухгалтерская) отчетность (по МCФО), Финансовая (бухгалтерская) отчетность (по РСБУ).
[ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]EN
audit
Systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining audit evidence and evaluating it objectively to determine the extent to which audit criteria are fulfilled.
Note 1. Internal audits, sometimes called first-party audits, are conducted by, or on behalf of the organization itself for internal purposes and can form the basis for an organizations self-declaration of conformity. In many cases, particularly in smaller organizations, independence can be demonstrated by the freedom from responsibility for the activity being audited.
Note 2. External audits include those generally termed second- and third-party audits. Second-party audits are conducted by parties having an interest in the organization, such as customers, or by other persons on their behalf. Third party audits are conducted by external, independent auditing organizations, such as those providing registration or certification of conformity to the requirements of ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Note 3. When a quality management system and an environmental management system are audited together, this is termed a combined audit.
Note 4. When two or more auditing organizations co-operate to audit a single auditee, this is termed a joint audit.
[ISO 19011]
audit
Formal inspection and verification to check whether a standard or set of guidelines is being followed, that records are accurate, or that efficiency and effectiveness targets are being met. An audit may be carried out by internal or external groups. See also assessment; certification.
[Словарь терминов ITIL® версия 1.0, 29 июля 2011 г.]Тематики
EN
аудит (проверка)
Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита.
Примечания
1. Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые аудиты первой стороной, проводятся обычно самой организацией или от ее имени для внутренних целей и могут служить основанием для декларации о соответствии. Во многих случаях, особенно в небольших организациях, независимость может быть продемонстрирована отсутствием ответственности за работу, подвергаемую аудиту.
2. Внешние аудиты включают в себя аудиты, обычно называемые аудиты второй стороной или аудиты третьей стороной. Аудиты второй стороной проводятся сторонами, заинтересованными в деятельности организации, например, потребителями или другими лицами от их имени. Аудиты третьей стороной проводятся внешними независимыми организациями. Эти организации осуществляют сертификацию или регистрацию на соответствие требованиям, например, требованиям ИСО 9001:2000 и ИСО 14001:2004.
3. Если две и более системы менеджмента подвергаются аудиту вместе, это называется комплексным аудитом.
4. Если две или несколько организаций совместно проводят аудит проверяемой организации, это называется совместным аудитом.
[ ГОСТ Р ИСО 9000-2008]
[ ГОСТ Р 53114-2008]
аудит
Проверка деятельности предприятия, организации, учреждения по требуемым показателям (см. аудит качества и д.р.).
[МУ 64-01-001-2002]
аудит
Независимая экспертиза и анализ финансовой отчетности хозяйствующего субъекта с целью определения ее соответствия действующему законодательству или стандартам учета и отчетности, если они не установлены законодательно. Выделяют два вида А.: внешний и внутренний. Проверка финансовой деятельности компании независимым ревизором (аудитором) может осуществляться по инициативе компании (самоконтроль) и «по закону», т.е. внешними контрольными службами по решению властей.
[ОАО РАО "ЕЭС России" СТО 17330282.27.010.001-2008]Тематики
EN
ревизия
Проверка финансово-хозяйственной деятельности предприятий, организаций, учреждений, служебных действий должностных лиц, документов, записей уполномоченными на это органами на предмет контроля соблюдения законов, правил, инструкций, достоверности и объективного отражения в документах истинного положения, отсутствия нарушений, наличия документально зафиксированных товарно-материальных ценностей. Р. проводят разные контролирующие органы, в особенности финансовые, а также органы государственного управления в отношении подведомственных организаций. Ревизии могут быть проведены как по плану этих органов, так и по указанию других компетентных органов, в том числе правоохранительных. По объекту проверки различают Р. документальные, фактические, полные (сплошные), выборочные (частичные). По организационному признаку они могут быть: плановыми (предусмотренными в плане работы соответствующего органа) и внеплановыми (назначенными в связи с поступлением сигналов жалоб и заявлений граждан, требующих неотлагательной проверки), комплексными (проводимыми совместно несколькими контролирующими органами) При проведении документальной Р. проверяются документы, в особенности первичные денежные документы (счета, платежные ведомости, ордера, чеки), а не только отчеты, сметы и т. п. Фактическая Р. означает проверку не только документов, но и наличия денег, материальных ценностей. Под полной Р. понимают проверку всей деятельности предприятия, организации, учреждения за определенный период. При выборочной Р. контроль направлен на какие-либо отдельные стороны финансово-хозяйственной деятельности (например, проверка командировочных расходов, работы по приему налоговых и страховых взносов). Результаты Р. оформляются актом, имеющим важное юридическое значение.
[ http://www.lexikon.ru/dict/buh/index.html]
ревизия
Метод финансового контроля, представляющий собой проверку финансово-хозяйственной деятельности предприятий, отдельных лиц; может быть полной и частичной, тематической и комплексной, плановой и внеплановой. См.: аудит.
[ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]Тематики
EN
4.5 аудит (audit): Независимая оценка программных продуктов и процессов, проводимая уполномоченным лицом с целью оценить их соответствие требованиям.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 12207-2010: Информационная технология. Системная и программная инженерия. Процессы жизненного цикла программных средств оригинал документа
3.4 аудит (audit): Проверка, выполняемая компетентным органом (лицом) с целью обеспечения независимой оценки степени соответствия программных продуктов или процессов установленным требованиям.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 12207-99: Информационная технология. Процессы жизненного цикла программных средств оригинал документа
3.3 аудит (audit): официальное исследование, изучение или проверка фактических результатов в сопоставлении с ожидаемыми относительно предполагаемых результатов в целях соответствия и исполнения требований нормативных актов.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 18028-1-2008: Информационная технология. Методы и средства обеспечения безопасности. Сетевая безопасность информационных технологий. Часть 1. Менеджмент сетевой безопасности оригинал документа
3.5 аудит (audit): Служба, задачей которой является проверка наличия адекватных мер контроля и сообщение руководству соответствующего уровня о несоответствиях.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/ТО 13569-2007: Финансовые услуги. Рекомендации по информационной безопасности
3.1 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документируемый процесс получения свидетельств аудита (3.3) и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита (3.2).
Примечания
1 Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудитами первой стороны», проводятся самой организацией или от ее имени для анализа со стороны руководства или других внутренних целей (например, для подтверждения намеченных показателей результативности системы менеджмента или для получения информации по улучшению системы менеджмента) и могут служить основанием для декларации о соответствии. Во многих случаях, особенно в малых организациях, независимость при аудите может быть продемонстрирована отсутствием ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту, или беспристрастностью и отсутствием конфликта интересов.
2 Внешние аудиты включают в себя аудиты, называемые «аудитами второй стороны» и «аудитами третьей стороны». Аудиты второй стороны проводят стороны, заинтересованные в деятельности организации, например, потребители или другие лица от их имени. Аудиты третьей стороны проводят внешние независимые организации, такие как регулирующие или надзорные органы или организации, проводящие регистрацию или сертификацию.
3 Аудит двух или нескольких систем менеджмента для различных аспектов (например, качество, охрана окружающей среды, охрана труда), проводимый одновременно, называют «комплексным аудитом».
4 Если две или несколько проверяющих организаций объединяют свои усилия для проведения аудита одной проверяемой организации (3.7), такой аудит называют совместным.
5 Адаптировано из ИСО 9000:2005, статья 3.9.1.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 19011-2012: Руководящие указания по аудиту систем менеджмента оригинал документа
3.11 аудит (audit) (проверка): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита.
Примечания
1 Внутренние аудиты, иногда называемые «аудиты (проверки) первой стороны», проводятся обычно самой организацией или от ее имени для внутренних целей могут служить основанием для декларации о соответствии.
2 Внешние аудиты включают аудиты, называемые «аудиты второй стороны» или «аудиты третьей стороны».
Аудиты второй стороны проводят стороны, заинтересованные в деятельности организации, например потребители или другие лица от их имени.
Аудиты третьей стороны проводят внешние независимые организации, осуществляют сертификацию или регистрацию на соответствие требованиям ГОСТ Р ИСО 9001 или ГОСТ Р ИСО 14001.
3 Аудит систем менеджмента качества и экологического менеджмента, проводимый одновременно, называют комплексным аудитом.
4 Если аудит проверяемой организации проводят одновременно две или несколько организаций, такой аудит называют совместным.
[ ГОСТ Р ИСО 19011-2003, пункт 3.1]
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54298-2010: Системы экологического менеджмента. Порядок сертификации систем экологического менеджмента на соответствие ГОСТ Р ИСО 14001-2007 оригинал документа
3.2 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документируемый процесс получения «свидетельств аудита» и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения «критериев аудита».
[ИСО 9000:2005, пункт 3.9.1]
Примечания
1 Понятие «независимый» не обязательно означает внешний для организации. Во многих случаях, особенно в малых организациях, независимость может быть продемонстрирована отсутствием ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту.
2 Для дальнейшего разъяснения терминов «свидетельство аудита» и «критерии аудита» следует обратиться к ИСО 19011.
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54934-2012: Системы менеджмента безопасности труда и охраны здоровья. Требования оригинал документа
4.4 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения записей, фиксирования фактов или другой соответствующей информации и их объективного оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения заданных требований (3.1).
Примечание - В то время как термин «аудит» относится к системам менеджмента, термин «оценка» применяется к органам по оценке соответствия, а также используется в более общем смысле.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО/МЭК 17000-2009: Оценка соответствия. Словарь и общие принципы оригинал документа
3.1.23 аудит качества (audit): Систематическая экспертиза действий и решений, относящихся к качеству, при независимой проверке или оценке рабочих требований программы качества, технических условий или требований контракта на продукцию или услугу.
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 21247-2007: Статистические методы. Комбинированные системы нуль-приемки и процедуры управления процессом при выборочном контроле продукции оригинал документа
3.2.63 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документированный процесс получения свидетельств аудита и объективного их оценивания с целью установления степени выполнения согласованных критериев аудита.
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54147-2010: Стратегический и инновационный менеджмент. Термины и определения оригинал документа
3.2.69 заказчик аудита (audit): Организация или лицо, заказавшие аудит.
Источник: ГОСТ Р 54147-2010: Стратегический и инновационный менеджмент. Термины и определения оригинал документа
5.18 аудит (audit): Систематический, независимый и документально оформленный процесс (6.4), целью которого является получение свидетельств аудита (5.21) в результате проведения объективной оценки, предусматривающей определение степени выполнения критериев аудита (5.20).
Примечание 1 - Внутренние аудиты (5.18.1), называемые «аудитами первой стороны», проводятся самой организацией (3.4) или от ее лица для анализа со стороны руководства и других внутренних целей, и могут служить основой для самодекларирования соответствия. Во многих случаях, особенно в небольших организациях, независимость может быть продемонстрирована свободой от ответственности за деятельность, которая подвергается аудиту.
Примечание 2 - Внешние аудиты, как правило, включают в себя аудиты, проводимые второй и третьей сторонами. Аудиты, проводимые второй стороной, осуществляются сторонами, заинтересованными в деятельности организации, например потребителями или другими лицами от их имени. Аудиты, проводимые третьей стороной, проводятся внешними независимыми организациями по аудиту, например организациями, обеспечивающими регистрацию или сертификацию (3.10) на соответствие требованиям, установленным в ИСО 9001 или ИСО 14001.
Примечание 3 - Если аудиты систем менеджмента качества или системы экологического менеджмента (4.1) проводятся одновременно, то это называется комплексным аудитом.
Примечание 4 - Если две и более аудирующие организации объединяются для проведения аудита одного аудируемого субъекта (5.26), то это называется совместным аудитом.
[ИСО 19011:2002]
Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 14050-2009: Менеджмент окружающей среды. Словарь оригинал документа
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > AUDIT
-
6 bekommen
I v/t (unreg., hat bekommen) get1. (erhalten) weitS. get, auch be given; ohne Zutun: receive; durch Anstrengung: obtain; ich bekomme schon seit Tagen keine Post mehr I haven’t had any mail for days now; ich bekomme noch 20 Euro von dir you still owe me 20 euros; hast du meinen Brief bekommen? did you get ( oder receive) my letter?; er bekam einen sehr hohen Preis / eine gute Stellung he got a very good price / a good position; hast du noch Karten bekommen? did you manage to get tickets?; das bekommt man überall you can get that anywhere; bekommen Sie schon? im Geschäft: can I help you?; im Lokal: have you ordered (yet)?; was bekommen Sie? a) im Geschäft: yes, please?, can I help you?; im Lokal: are you ready to order?; b) (wieviel kostet das) how much is that?; was haben Sie von uns zu bekommen? how much do we owe you?; bekommen Sie noch etwas? anything else?; am Telefon: ich bekomme keinen Anschluss I can’t get through; keine / eine gute Verbindung bekommen get a bad / good line; einen Schlag auf die Hand / aufs Auge bekommen get a slap on the wrist / a punch in the eye; einen Tritt ans Bein bekommen get kicked in the leg; einen Schneeball / eine Flasche an den Kopf bekommen get hit on the head by a snowball / bottle2. (entwickeln) get; ein Kind bekommen (be going to) have a baby; Junge bekommen have pups etc.; Junge2; einen Bauch bekommen develop a (bit of a) paunch; eine Glatze bekommen go bald, develop a bald patch; graue Haare bekommen go grey, get grey hair; Hunger bekommen get hungry; Durst bekommen get thirsty, develop a thirst; Schnupfen / Grippe bekommen get ( oder come down with) a cold / (the) flu; Kopfweh bekommen get a headache; Kinder bekommen leicht Fieber children are quick to run a temperature; das Baby bekommt Zähne the baby’s teething; einen epileptischen Anfall bekommen have an epileptic seizure ( oder fit umg); die Bäume bekommen Blätter the trees are coming into leaf; sobald die Pflanze neue Knospen bekommt,... as soon as the plant begins to bud ( oder gets new buds)...; (seelische Zustände): Angst bekommen get scared ( oder frightened); es mit der Angst zu tun bekommen get scared, get the wind up umg.; ( eine) Wut bekommen get angry ( oder furious); ich habe eine Wut bekommen! I was furious! einen Wutanfall bekommen lose one’s temper; einen roten Kopf bekommen go red, blush; Heimweh bekommen get ( oder start to feel) homesick; da kann man doch zuviel bekommen! umg. umg. it’s enough to drive you mad3. umg. (Wetter): ich glaube, wir bekommen bald Regen I think there’s rain on the way; endlich bekommen wir wärmeres Wetter there’s warmer weather on the way at last4. Zustand: einen Riss bekommen get oder be torn, get a tear; Flecken bekommen get oder be marked ( oder stained); es hat Löcher bekommen it’s got holes (in it), it’s full of holes5. (Zug, Flug etc.) get, catch6. umg. (etw. bewerkstelligen): ich bekomme den Nagel nicht in die / aus der Wand I can’t get this nail into / out of the wall; bekommen wir das ganze Gepäck in den Kofferraum? will we get all the luggage into the boot (Am. trunk)?; die Packer bekommen das Klavier nicht durch die Tür the removal men (Am. movers) can’t get the piano through the door7. mit zu + Inf.: etw. zu sehen bekommen get to see s.th.; etw. zu spüren bekommen get to know s.th., get a taste of s.th.; wo kann man hier etwas zu essen / trinken bekommen? is there anywhere you can get something to eat / drink around here?; jemanden / etw. zu fassen bekommen get hold of s.o. / s.th.; warte nur, wenn ich den Kerl zu fassen bekomme! just wait till I get hold of him!; das bekomme ich überall / von allen Leuten zu hören that’s what I’ve been hearing everywhere / from everyone; das wird er noch jahrelang zu hören bekommen he won’t be allowed to forget about that for years; er bekommt es nicht über sich, das zu tun umg. he can’t bring himself to do it8. mit Part.: etw. geschenkt bekommen get a present, be given s.th. (as a present); er bekommt zu Hause alles gemacht he has ( oder gets) everything done for him at home; er bekommt einen Dienstwagen gestellt he gets the use of a company car; bekommst du deine Wohnung geputzt? umg. (lässt du sie putzen) do you have someone to clean the house?; siehe auch kriegenII v/i (ist): jemandem ( gut) bekommen Essen, Wetter etc.: agree with s.o., suit s.o.; Ruhe etc.: do s.o. good, be good for s.o.; jemandem nicht oder schlecht bekommen Essen, Wetter: disagree with s.o.; das Wetter bekommt ihm nicht auch he can’t cope with the weather; es bekommt ihm gut / ausgezeichnet it’s doing him the world of (Am. a world of) good; es bekommt ihm überhaupt nicht it doesn’t agree with him at all; wohl bekomm’s! cheers!, iro. the best of luck, Brit. the best of British* * *to come by; to obtain; to get; to receive* * *be|kọm|men ptp beko\#mmen irreg1. vt1) (= erhalten) to get; Genehmigung, Stimmen, Nachricht to get, to obtain; Geschenk, Brief, Lob, Belohnung to get, to receive; Zug, Bus, Krankheit to get, to catch; Schlaganfall, Junges, ein Kind, Besuch to have; Spritze, Tadel to be givenein Jahr Gefängnis bekommen — to be given one year in prison
wir bekommen Kälte/anderes Wetter — the weather is turning cold/is changing
wir bekommen Regen/Schnee — we're going to have rain/snow
einen Stein/Ball etc an den Kopf bekommen — to be hit on the head by a stone/ball etc
wir haben das große Bett nicht nach oben bekommen — we couldn't get the big bed upstairs
jdn ins/aus dem Bett bekommen — to get sb into/out of bed
ich bekomme bitte ein Glas Wein — I'll have a glass of wine, please
was bekommen Sie von mir? — how much do I owe you?
jdn dazu bekommen, etw zu tun — to get sb to do sth
er bekam es einfach nicht über sich,... — he just could not bring himself to...
2) (= entwickeln) Fieber, Schmerzen, Vorliebe, Komplexe to get, to develop; Zähne to get, to cut; Übung, neue Hoffnung to gainRost/Risse bekommen — to get or become rusty/cracked, to develop rust/cracks
Hunger/Durst bekommen — to get or become hungry/thirsty
3) (mit Infinitivkonstruktion) to getetw zu sehen/hören bekommen — to get to see/hear sth
was muss ich denn da zu hören bekommen? — what's all this I've been hearing?
es mit jdm zu tun bekommen — to get into trouble with sb
etw zu fassen bekommen — to catch hold of sth
wenn ich ihn zu fassen bekomme... — if I get my hands on him...
4)etw geschenkt bekommen — to be given sth ( as a present)
das Haus sauber bekommen — to get the house clean
See:5)(in Verbindung mit n siehe auch dort)
Lust bekommen, etw zu tun — to feel like doing sthes mit der Angst/Wut bekommen — to become afraid/angry
2. vi1) aux sein +datjdm nicht or schlecht bekommen — not to do sb any good; (Essen) to disagree with sb, not to agree with sb
wie ist Ihnen das Bad bekommen? — how was your bath?
es ist ihm schlecht bekommen, dass er nicht gearbeitet hat — not working did him no good
2)* * *1) ((with with) to be good for (usually one's health): Cheese does not agree with me.) agree2) (to succeed (in doing) or to happen( to do) something: I'll soon get to know the neighbours; I got the book read last night.) get3) (to catch (a disease etc): She got measles last week.) get4) ((sometimes with back) to receive or get: Have you had any news of your brother?; Thank you for lending me the book - you can have it back next week.) have5) have* * *be·kom·men *I. vt Hilfsverb: haben1. (erhalten)▪ etw [von jdm] \bekommen to get sth [from sb]wir \bekommen demnächst Kabelfernsehen we're going to get cable TV soonvon dieser Schokolade kann ich einfach nicht genug \bekommen! I just can't get enough of that chocolate!habe ich heute Post \bekommen? did I get any post today?einen Anruf/Brief \bekommen to get [or have] [or receive] a call/letterich habe seit Wochen keinen Brief/Anruf von ihr \bekommen I haven't had [or got] [or received] a letter/call from her in weekseine Antwort [von jdm] \bekommen to get [or have] an answer [from sb]ich habe bisher noch keine Antwort auf meinen Brief \bekommen I haven't got an answer to my letter yetBesuch/Gäste \bekommen to have visitors/guestswir \bekommen am Wochenende Besuch we are having visitors at the weekendich bekam gestern Nacht noch Besuch von der Polizei last night the police paid me a visitein Geschenk [von jdm] \bekommen to get [or receive] a present [from sb]ich habe das zum Geburtstag \bekommen I got [or was given] this for my birthdaydie Genehmigung/die Mehrheit \bekommen to obtain permission/the majorityetw in die Hände \bekommen (fam) to get hold of sthein Lob/einen Tadel \bekommen to be praised/reprimandedeine Massage/eine Spritze \bekommen to get [or have] a massage/an injectioneine gute/schlechte Note \bekommen to get a good/bad grade [or BRIT mark]eine Ohrfeige/einen [Strom]schlag \bekommen to get a clip on the ear/an electric shockeinen Preis \bekommen to get [or win] [or receive] a prizeeine Stelle \bekommen to get a jobTritte \bekommen to get kicked [or fam a kicking]Unterkunft und Verpflegung bekommen to get food and lodgingdie Zeitung regelmäßig \bekommen to have [or get] the newspaper delivered regularly2. FINich bekomme noch €4.000 von dir you still owe me €4,000was \bekommen Sie dafür? how much is it?, how much do I owe you?hast schon das Geld von ihr \bekommen? have you got the money from her yet?sie bekommt €28 die Stunde she gets [or is] paid €28 an houreine Ermäßigung \bekommen to get [or qualify for] a reductionGeld/Finderlohn/Unterhalt \bekommen to receive [or get] money/a reward/supportSozialhilfe \bekommen to be on social security [or AM on welfare3. (kaufen)▪ etw \bekommen to get sth, to buy sthdas Buch ist nicht mehr zu \bekommen the book is out of printhast du noch Karten für das Konzert \bekommen? did you manage to get tickets for the concert?▪ etw \bekommen to get sth, to be served sthwas \bekommen Sie? what would you like [or can I get you]?ich bekomme bitte ein Bier I'd like [or I'll have] a beer, pleasewer bekommt das Steak? who ordered [or whose is] the steak?eine Gefängnisstrafe/Geldstrafe \bekommen to get [or be given] a prison sentence/a finedrei Jahre Gefängnis \bekommen to be sentenced to [or to get] three years in prison6. (erreichen)den Bus/das Flugzeug/den Zug \bekommen to catch the bus/plane/traindie Maschine nach Honolulu \bekommen to catch the flight to Honolulu7. (involviert werden)▪ etw \bekommen to have sthÄrger/Schwierigkeiten [mit jdm] \bekommen to have [or get into] trouble/difficulties [with sb]Probleme mit jdm \bekommen to have problems with sb▪ etw \bekommen to have sthwir \bekommen Regen/Schnee we're going to have rain/snow\bekommen gutes/schlechtes Wetter we are going to have good/bad weatherwir \bekommen besseres Wetter the weather is going to get better9. (zur Welt bringen)wir \bekommen im Februar unser zweites Kind we will be having our second child in Februarysie kann keine Kinder \bekommen she cannot have children10. (entwickeln)▪ etw \bekommen to get sth[es mit der] Angst \bekommen to get [or become] afraidDurst/Hunger \bekommen to get thirsty/hungryFarbe/einen Sonnenbrand \bekommen to get a [sun]tan/sunburntdu hast wieder [richtig] Farbe \bekommen you look much betterFlecken/Pickel \bekommen to get spots, to go spottyeine Glatze/graue Haare \bekommen to go bald [or to be balding]/to go grey [or AM gray]Heimweh \bekommen to get homesickLust \bekommen, etw zu tun to feel like doing sthZähne \bekommen to teethe, to get [or cut] teeth11. (erkranken an)eine Erkältung \bekommen to catch [or come down with] [or get] a coldeinen Herzinfarkt/Schlaganfall \bekommen to have [or to suffer] a heart attack/strokeKrebs/die Masern \bekommen to get cancer/the measles12. + infetw zu essen/trinken \bekommen to get sth to eat/drinketw zu fassen \bekommen to catch hold of sthetw zu hören/sehen \bekommen to get to hear/see sthder wird von mir etwas zu hören \bekommen! (fam) I'll give him what-for [or a piece of my mind]! fametw zu lachen \bekommen to have sth to laughbei seinem Referat \bekommen wir bestimmt was zu lachen! with his presentation we'll have something to laugh about!in einem Kaufhaus bekommt man alles zu kaufen you can buy anything in a department storees mit jdm zu tun \bekommen to get into trouble with sth13. + ppetw [von jdm] erzählt \bekommen to hear sth [from sb]etw [von jdm] geliehen \bekommen to borrow sth [from sb]von ihm bekommst du das Buch sicher geliehen he's sure to lend you that booketw gemacht \bekommen to get [or have] sth doneetw geschenkt \bekommen to be given sth [as a present], to get sth as a presentseinen Wunsch erfüllt \bekommen to have one's wish fulfilled14. + adjetw sauber \bekommen to get sth cleanjdn wieder gesund \bekommen to get sb healthy15. (schaffen)sie konnten das Klavier nicht ins Haus \bekommen they couldn't get the piano into the house16. (bringen)▪ jdn dazu \bekommen, etw zu tun to get sb to do sther ist einfach nicht ins Bett zu \bekommen he just won't go [or we just can't get him] to bedich bekam es nicht über mich, ihr die Wahrheit zu sagen I couldn't bring myself to tell her the truth17. (finden)▪ etw \bekommen to find sther hat noch keine Arbeit \bekommen he hasn't found work yetII. vi1. Hilfsverb: sein (zuträglich sein)jdm [gut]/schlecht [o nicht] \bekommen to do sb good/to not do sb any good; Essen to agree/to disagree with sb2. (bedient werden)\bekommen Sie schon? are you being served?* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) get; get, receive <money, letter, reply, news, orders>; (erlangen) get; obtain; (erreichen) catch <train, bus, flight, etc.>eine Flasche usw. an den Kopf bekommen — get hit on the head with a bottle etc.
was bekommen Sie? — (im Geschäft) can I help you?; (im Lokal, Restaurant) what would you like?
was bekommen Sie [dafür]? — how much is that?
wir bekommen Regen/besseres Wetter — we're going to get some rain/some better weather; there's rain/better weather on the way
Besuch bekommen — have a visitor/visitors
Hunger/Durst bekommen — get hungry/thirsty
einen roten Kopf/eine Glatze bekommen — go red/bald
Mut/Angst bekommen — take heart/become frightened
Zähne bekommen — < baby> teethe
wo bekomme ich etwas zu essen/trinken? — where can I get something to eat/drink?
etwas/jemanden zu fassen bekommen — get hold of something/lay one's hands on somebody
etwas zu sehen bekommen — set eyes on something; s. auch hören; spüren
2)etwas durch die Tür/ins Auto bekommen — get something through the door/into the car
jemanden nicht aus dem Bett bekommen — be unable to get somebody out of bed or up
jemanden dazu bekommen, die Wahrheit zu sagen — get somebody to tell the truth
3)2.es nicht über sich (Akk.) bekommen, etwas zu tun — be unable to bring oneself to do something
unregelmäßiges Verb; in der Funktion eines Hilfsverbs zur Umschreibung des Passivs get3.etwas geschenkt bekommen — get [given] something or be given something as a present
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit seinjemandem [gut] bekommen — do somebody good; be good for somebody; <food, medicine> agree with somebody
jemandem schlecht od. nicht bekommen — not be good for somebody; not do somebody any good; <food, medicine> not agree with somebody
wohl bekomm's! — your [very good] health!
* * *A. v/t (irr, hat bekommen) getich bekomme schon seit Tagen keine Post mehr I haven’t had any mail for days now;ich bekomme noch 20 Euro von dir you still owe me 20 euros;hast du meinen Brief bekommen? did you get ( oder receive) my letter?;er bekam einen sehr hohen Preis/eine gute Stellung he got a very good price/a good position;hast du noch Karten bekommen? did you manage to get tickets?;das bekommt man überall you can get that anywhere;was bekommen Sie? im Geschäft: yes, please?, can I help you?; im Lokal: are you ready to order?; (wie viel kostet das) how much is that?;was haben Sie von uns zu bekommen? how much do we owe you?;bekommen Sie noch etwas? anything else?; am Telefon:ich bekomme keinen Anschluss I can’t get through;keine/eine gute Verbindung bekommen get a bad/good line;einen Schlag auf die Hand/aufs Auge bekommen get a slap on the wrist/a punch in the eye;einen Tritt ans Bein bekommen get kicked in the leg;einen Schneeball/eine Flasche an den Kopf bekommen get hit on the head by a snowball/bottle2. (entwickeln) get;ein Kind bekommen (be going to) have a baby;einen Bauch bekommen develop a (bit of a) paunch;eine Glatze bekommen go bald, develop a bald patch;graue Haare bekommen go grey, get grey hair;Hunger bekommen get hungry;Durst bekommen get thirsty, develop a thirst;Schnupfen/Grippe bekommen get ( oder come down with) a cold/(the) flu;Kopfweh bekommen get a headache;Kinder bekommen leicht Fieber children are quick to run a temperature;das Baby bekommt Zähne the baby’s teething;die Bäume bekommen Blätter the trees are coming into leaf;sobald die Pflanze neue Knospen bekommt, … as soon as the plant begins to bud ( oder gets new buds)…; (seelische Zustände):Angst bekommen get scared ( oder frightened);es mit der Angst zu tun bekommen get scared, get the wind up umg;ich habe eine Wut bekommen! I was furious!einen Wutanfall bekommen lose one’s temper;einen roten Kopf bekommen go red, blush;Heimweh bekommen get ( oder start to feel) homesick;3. umg (Wetter):ich glaube, wir bekommen bald Regen I think there’s rain on the way;endlich bekommen wir wärmeres Wetter there’s warmer weather on the way at last4. Zustand:einen Riss bekommen get oder be torn, get a tear;es hat Löcher bekommen it’s got holes (in it), it’s full of holes5. (Zug, Flug etc) get, catch6. umg (etwas bewerkstelligen):ich bekomme den Nagel nicht in die/aus der Wand I can’t get this nail into/out of the wall;bekommen wir das ganze Gepäck in den Kofferraum? will we get all the luggage into the boot (US trunk)?;die Packer bekommen das Klavier nicht durch die Tür the removal men (US movers) can’t get the piano through the door7. mit zu +inf:etwas zu sehen bekommen get to see sth;etwas zu spüren bekommen get to know sth, get a taste of sth;wo kann man hier etwas zu essen/trinken bekommen? is there anywhere you can get something to eat/drink around here?;jemanden/etwas zu fassen bekommen get hold of sb/sth;warte nur, wenn ich den Kerl zu fassen bekomme! just wait till I get hold of him!;das bekomme ich überall/von allen Leuten zu hören that’s what I’ve been hearing everywhere/from everyone;das wird er noch jahrelang zu hören bekommen he won’t be allowed to forget about that for years;er bekommt es nicht über sich, das zu tun umg he can’t bring himself to do it8. mit part:etwas geschenkt bekommen get a present, be given sth (as a present);er bekommt zu Hause alles gemacht he has ( oder gets) everything done for him at home;er bekommt einen Dienstwagen gestellt he gets the use of a company car;bekommst du deine Wohnung geputzt? umg (lässt du sie putzen) do you have someone to clean the house?; → auch kriegenB. v/i (ist):jemandem (gut) bekommen Essen, Wetter etc: agree with sb, suit sb; Ruhe etc: do sb good, be good for sb;schlecht bekommen Essen, Wetter: disagree with sb;das Wetter bekommt ihm nicht auch he can’t cope with the weather;es bekommt ihm gut/ausgezeichnet it’s doing him the world of (US a world of) good;es bekommt ihm überhaupt nicht it doesn’t agree with him at all;wohl bekomm’s! cheers!, iron the best of luck, Br the best of British* * *1.unregelmäßiges transitives Verb1) get; get, receive <money, letter, reply, news, orders>; (erlangen) get; obtain; (erreichen) catch <train, bus, flight, etc.>eine Flasche usw. an den Kopf bekommen — get hit on the head with a bottle etc.
was bekommen Sie? — (im Geschäft) can I help you?; (im Lokal, Restaurant) what would you like?
was bekommen Sie [dafür]? — how much is that?
wir bekommen Regen/besseres Wetter — we're going to get some rain/some better weather; there's rain/better weather on the way
Besuch bekommen — have a visitor/visitors
Hunger/Durst bekommen — get hungry/thirsty
einen roten Kopf/eine Glatze bekommen — go red/bald
Mut/Angst bekommen — take heart/become frightened
Zähne bekommen — < baby> teethe
wo bekomme ich etwas zu essen/trinken? — where can I get something to eat/drink?
etwas/jemanden zu fassen bekommen — get hold of something/lay one's hands on somebody
etwas zu sehen bekommen — set eyes on something; s. auch hören; spüren
2)etwas durch die Tür/ins Auto bekommen — get something through the door/into the car
jemanden dazu bekommen, die Wahrheit zu sagen — get somebody to tell the truth
3)2.es nicht über sich (Akk.) bekommen, etwas zu tun — be unable to bring oneself to do something
unregelmäßiges Verb; in der Funktion eines Hilfsverbs zur Umschreibung des Passivs get3.etwas geschenkt bekommen — get [given] something or be given something as a present
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit seinjemandem [gut] bekommen — do somebody good; be good for somebody; <food, medicine> agree with somebody
jemandem schlecht od. nicht bekommen — not be good for somebody; not do somebody any good; <food, medicine> not agree with somebody
wohl bekomm's! — your [very good] health!
* * *p.p.got p.p. v.to get v.(§ p.,p.p.: got)or p.p.: gotten•)to have v.(§ p.,p.p.: had)to obtain v.to receive v. -
7 पूर्ण _pūrṇa
पूर्ण p. p. [पुर्-क्त नि˚]1 Filled, filled with, full of; opt. in comp; तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् Bg.2.1; so शोक˚, जल˚ &c.-2 Whole, full, entire, complete; पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते Īśop.1; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः R.3.38.-3 Fulfilled, accomplished.-4 Ended, completed.-5 Past, elapsed.-6 Satisfied, contented.-7 Full-sounding, sonorous.-8 Strong, powerful.-9 Selfish, or self-indulgent.-1 Drawn, bent (as a bow) आकर्णपूर्णै- रहनदाक्षेपैराहतं पुनः Bhāg.8.11.1.-11 Allpervading; पूर्णमप्रवर्तीति वा अहमेतमुपास Bṛi. Up.2.1.5; Mb.14.2.28.-र्णा 1 An epithet of the fifteenth digit of the moon.-2 N. of the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth lunar days or tithis.-र्णम् Ved.1 Abundance, plenty.-2 Water.-Comp. -अङ्कः an integer.-अञ्जलिः two handfuls.-अभिलाष a. satisfied, contented.-अभिषिक्ताः a par- ticular sect of the Śāktas.-अभिषेकः a kind of अभिषेकः known in tantraśāstra as belonging to कौलपन्थ.-अमृता epithet of the sixteenth digit of the moon.-अवतारः N. of the fourth, seventh and eighth incarnations of Viṣṇu.-आनकम् 1 a drum.-2 the sound of a drum.-3 a vessel.-4 a moon-beam.-5 = पूर्णपात्र q. v.; (some- times read पूर्णालक also).-आनन्दः the Supreme Being.-आश a. one whose all desires are fulfilled; पूर्णाशा बहवः कृता वितरणैर्येन त्वया याचकाः-आहुतिः f. an offering made with a full ladle; पूर्णाहुतिभिरापूर्णास्त्रिभिः पूर्यन्ति तेजसा Mb.14.2.28.-इन्दुः the full moon.-उत्सङ्ग a. far advanced in pregnancy.-उपमा a full or complete simile, i. e. one in which the four requisites उपमान, उपमेय, साधारणधर्म and उपमाप्रतिपादक are all expressed; (opp. लुप्तोपमा); e. g. अम्भोरुहमिवाताम्नं मुग्धे करतलं तव; see K. P.1 under उपमा.-ककुद a. full-humped.-काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled, satisfied, contented. (-मः) N. of the Supreme Being.-कुम्भः 1 a full jar.-2 a vessel full of water; (placed at the door as an auspicious mark); पूर्णकुम्भौ चक्रवाकानुकारौ पयोधरौ DK.1.1.-3 a particular mode of fighting; बाहुपाशादिकं कृत्वा पादाहत- शिरावुभौ । उरोहस्तं ततश्चक्रे पूर्णकुम्भौ प्रयुज्य तौ ॥ Mb.2.23.14 (com. ग्रथिताङ्गुलिभ्यां हस्ताभ्यां पदशिरसः पीडनं पूर्णकुम्भः).-4 a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a water-jar; तदत्र पक्वेष्टके पूर्णकुम्भ एव शोभते Mk.3.-पर्वेन्दु f. the day of full moon.-पात्रम् 1 a full cup or jar.-2 a cup-ful.-3 a measure of capacity (equal to 256 handfuls); (अष्टमुष्टि भवेत् किञ्चित् किञ्चिदष्टौ तु पुष्कलम् । पुष्कलानि तु चत्वारि पूर्णपात्रं प्रचक्षते ॥); पूर्णपात्रमयीमाहुः पाकयज्ञस्य दक्षिणाम् Mb.12.6.38.-4 a vessel (or a box or basket) filled with valuable things (such as clothes, ornaments &c.) and scrambled for by servants or relatives on festive occasions or dis- tributed as presents; hence, the word is often used to denote 'a present made to one who brings a happy news'; कदा मे तनयजन्ममहोत्सवानन्दनिर्भरो हरिष्यति पूर्णपात्रं परि- जनः K.62,7,73,165; सखीजनेनापह्रियमाणपूर्णपात्रम 299; तत् कामं प्रभवति पूर्णपात्रवृत्त्या स्वीकर्तुं मम हृदयं च जीवितं च Māl. 4.1; किं पूर्मपात्रस्य न पात्रमासीत् Rām. champū. (पूर्णपात्र is thus defined:-- हर्षादुत्सवकाले च यदलंकारांशुकादिकम् । आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं स्यात् पूर्णकं च तत् ॥ or वर्धापकं यदानन्दादलंकारा- दिकं पुनः ॥ आकृष्य गृह्यते पूर्णपात्रं पूर्णानकं च तत् ॥ Hārāvalī).-5 a vessel full of rice presented to the priests at the end of the sacrifice.-प्रज्ञ a. one whose prajñā is fully developed.-ज्ञः N. of Madhava, the founder of a kind of Vaiṣṇava cult.-बी (वी) जः the citron.-मानस a. contented.-मास् m.1 the sun.-2 the moon. (-f.) the day of full moon.-मासः 1 the moon.-2 a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon; (comprising the आग्नेय, अग्नीषोमीय and उपांशुयाज sacrifices); कानि पुनर्दर्शपूर्णमासशब्दकानि । येषां वचने पौर्णमासीशब्दो$मावास्य- शब्दो वा आग्नेयादीनि तानि ॥ ŚB. on MS.4.4.34.-मासी the day of full moon.-रथः a complete warrior.-वपुस् a. full (the moon).-होमः = पूर्णाहुतिः q. v. -
8 llenar
v.1 to fill.llenar a alguien de alegría/tristeza to fill somebody with happiness/sadnesseste premio me llena de orgullo this prize fills me with pride o makes me very proudEllos llenaron la cubeta They filled the pail.2 to fill in or out (impreso, solicitud, quiniela).3 to fulfill.no le llena la relación con su novio she finds her relationship with her boyfriend unfulfillingEllos llenaron sus aspiraciones They fulfilled their aspirations.4 to be filling (food).5 to crowd, to fill completely, to chock up.Los fanáticos llenaron el estadio The fans crowded the stadium.6 to satisfy.Ver a mis hijos me llena Seeing my children satisfies me.* * *1 (espacio, recipiente) to fill2 (formulario) to fill in3 (tiempo) to fill, occupy4 (satisfacer) to fulfil, please1 (comida) to be very filling1 (gen) to fill2 (de gente) to fill up3 (de comida) to get full, overeat* * *verb1) to fill2) fulfill, please•- llenarse* * *1. VT1) (=rellenar) [+ cubo, vaso] to fill; [+ bañera] to run; [+ cajón, maleta] to fillllenó tanto la maleta que no podía cerrarla — he packed o filled the suitcase so full that he couldn't shut it
¿puede llenar aquí? — [en un bar] the same again, please
2) (=ocupar) to filllas cajas llenan todo el maletero — the boxes take up o fill the whole boot
3) (=satisfacer) [+ deseo] to fulfil, fulfill (EEUU), satisfyeste trabajo no me llena — I don't find this job satisfying o fulfilling
4) (=colmar)•
llenar a algn de — [+ inquietud, dudas] to fill sb withsu tono de voz la llenó de inquietud — his tone of voice made her feel uneasy, his tone of voice filled her with unease liter
lo llenaron de insultos — they heaped insults upon him, they hurled abuse at him
lo llenaron de atenciones — they showered him with attention, they made a great fuss of him
5) (=cumplimentar) [+ documento, impreso] to fill in, fill out (EEUU)2.VI [comida] to be fillingesta sopa no llena nada — this soup isn't really very filling, this soup doesn't really fill you up
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)llenar algo de/con algo — to fill something with something
b) < formulario> to fill out, to fill in (esp BrE)c) ( cubrir)llenar a alguien de algo: la noticia nos llenó de alegría we were overjoyed by the news; nos llenó de atenciones — he made a real fuss of us
3) ( hacer sentirse realizado) < persona>2. 3.llenarse v pron1)a) recipiente/estadio to fillb) ( cubrirse)llenarse de algo — de polvo/pelos to be covered in something
se le llenó la cara de granos — he got very pimply (AmE colloq) o (BrE colloq) spotty
2) <bolsillo/boca> to fill3) ( colmarse)llenarse de algo: con esa hazaña se llenó de gloria it was an achievement that covered him in glory; se llenaron de deudas — they got heavily into debt
sólo viene a llenarse la barriga — (fam) he only comes here to stuff his face (colloq)
* * *= fill, litter (with), fill up, top up, crowd.Ex. Once a university's reserve store is filled it should be expected to dispose of surplus stock, normally to the British Library.Ex. There are plenty of omission failures of this sort, and they litter most of the Hennepin County Library Cataloging Bulletins.Ex. Nonetheless, shelves fill up and eventually must be relieved of duplicated, superseded or obsolete books.Ex. Lastly, one needs a spirit duplicating machine and a supply of spirit solvent with which to top up the solvent container incorporated in the machine.Ex. Titles on alternative medicine are now crowding US bookshelves.----* llenar de = fill with.* llenar de alegría = delight, brighten up.* llenar de luz = flood with + light, brighten up.* llenar de orgullo = fill + Nombre + with pride.* llenar de terror = terrorise [terrorize, -USA], terrify.* llenar el depósito = gas up.* llenar el tanque = gas up.* llenar gasolina = pump + gas.* llenar hasta el borde = fill + Nombre + to the brim.* llenar las calles = be out in force, come out in + force.* llenar mucho = be filling.* llenarse = become + full.* llenarse el bolsillo = line + Posesivo + (own) pocket(s).* llenar un hueco = fill + gap, fill in + gap, fill + the breach.* llenar un vacío = fill + vacuum, fill + gap, fill in + gap, fill + void, fill + the breach.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)llenar algo de/con algo — to fill something with something
b) < formulario> to fill out, to fill in (esp BrE)c) ( cubrir)llenar a alguien de algo: la noticia nos llenó de alegría we were overjoyed by the news; nos llenó de atenciones — he made a real fuss of us
3) ( hacer sentirse realizado) < persona>2. 3.llenarse v pron1)a) recipiente/estadio to fillb) ( cubrirse)llenarse de algo — de polvo/pelos to be covered in something
se le llenó la cara de granos — he got very pimply (AmE colloq) o (BrE colloq) spotty
2) <bolsillo/boca> to fill3) ( colmarse)llenarse de algo: con esa hazaña se llenó de gloria it was an achievement that covered him in glory; se llenaron de deudas — they got heavily into debt
sólo viene a llenarse la barriga — (fam) he only comes here to stuff his face (colloq)
* * *= fill, litter (with), fill up, top up, crowd.Ex: Once a university's reserve store is filled it should be expected to dispose of surplus stock, normally to the British Library.
Ex: There are plenty of omission failures of this sort, and they litter most of the Hennepin County Library Cataloging Bulletins.Ex: Nonetheless, shelves fill up and eventually must be relieved of duplicated, superseded or obsolete books.Ex: Lastly, one needs a spirit duplicating machine and a supply of spirit solvent with which to top up the solvent container incorporated in the machine.Ex: Titles on alternative medicine are now crowding US bookshelves.* llenar de = fill with.* llenar de alegría = delight, brighten up.* llenar de luz = flood with + light, brighten up.* llenar de orgullo = fill + Nombre + with pride.* llenar de terror = terrorise [terrorize, -USA], terrify.* llenar el depósito = gas up.* llenar el tanque = gas up.* llenar gasolina = pump + gas.* llenar hasta el borde = fill + Nombre + to the brim.* llenar las calles = be out in force, come out in + force.* llenar mucho = be filling.* llenarse = become + full.* llenarse el bolsillo = line + Posesivo + (own) pocket(s).* llenar un hueco = fill + gap, fill in + gap, fill + the breach.* llenar un vacío = fill + vacuum, fill + gap, fill in + gap, fill + void, fill + the breach.* * *llenar [A1 ]vtA1 ‹vaso/plato› to fill; ‹tanque› to fill up, fill; ‹maleta› to fill, pack; ‹cajón› to fillno me llenes el vaso don't fill my glass right up o don't give me a full glassel agua casi llenaba el cubo the water almost filled the bucketsiempre llena la sala he always manages to fill the hall o always has a full houseno sabe cómo llenar su tiempo libre he doesn't know how to fill o occupy his spare timesu nombramiento llena un importante vacío en la empresa his appointment fills an important vacancy in the companyllenar algo DE algo to fill sth WITH sthle llenaron la cabeza de ideas extrañas they filled his head with strange ideasllenar algo CON algo to fill sth WITH sthllenó una bolsa con la ropa sucia he filled a bag with the dirty clothes2 ‹formulario› to fill out, to fill in ( esp BrE), to complete3 (cubrir) llenar algo DE algo to cover sth WITH sthllenaron la pared de fotografías they covered the wall with photographsllenó el pizarrón de fórmulas she filled o covered the blackboard with formulaeB (colmar) ‹persona› llenar a algn DE algo:la noticia nos llenó de alegría/confusión we were overjoyed/completely thrown by the newsnos llenó de atenciones he made a real fuss over us o ( BrE) of us, we were showered with attention ( AmE) o ( BrE) attentionsme llenó de ira it made me very angry o ( liter) filled me with angerC (satisfacer) ‹persona›su carrera no la llena she doesn't find her career satisfying o fulfillingD (cumplir) ‹requisitos› to fulfill*, meet■ llenarvi«comida» to be fillingla pasta llena mucho pasta is very filling■ llenarseA1 «recipiente/estadio» to fillel tren siempre se llena en esta estación the train always gets full o fills up with people at this stationel teatro se llenó hasta los topes the theater was (jam) packed o was full to burstingllenarse DE algo to fill WITH sthel cubo se había llenado de agua de lluvia the bucket had filled with rainwaterse le llenaron los ojos de lágrimas his eyes filled with tears, tears welled up in his eyesla casa se llenó de mosquitos the house filled with mosquitoes2 (cubrirse) llenarse DE algo:se le ha llenado la cara de granos he's gotten very pimply ( AmE colloq), he's got very spotty ( BrE colloq)la pared se llenó de manchas de humedad damp patches appeared all over the wallB «persona» ‹bolsillo/boca› to fillsólo buscan llenarse los bolsillos they're only interested in lining their own pocketsllenarse algo DE algo to fill sth WITH sthse llenó los bolsillos de guijarros he filled his pockets with pebblesno te llenes la boca de comida don't stuff your mouth with food, don't put so much food in your mouthC«persona» (colmarse) llenarse DE algo: se llenaron de oro they made a fortunecon esa hazaña se llenó de gloria it was an achievement that covered him in gloryen poco tiempo se llenaron de deudas they were soon up to their necks in debtD«persona» (de comida): se llena tomando cerveza y después no quiere comer he fills himself up with beer and then doesn't want anything to eatsólo viene a llenarse la barriga ( fam); he only comes here to fill his belly o to stuff his face ( colloq)con un plato de ensalada ya se llena one plate of salad and she's full* * *
llenar ( conjugate llenar) verbo transitivo
1
‹ tanque› to fill (up);
‹ maleta› to fill, pack;
llenar algo de/con algo to fill sth with sth
2a) ( cubrir) llenar algo de algo to cover sth with sth
3 ( colmar) ‹ persona›:
nos llenó de atenciones he made a real fuss of us
4 ( hacer sentirse realizado) ‹ persona›:
verbo intransitivo [ comida] to be filling
llenarse verbo pronominal
1
◊ el teatro solo se llenó a la mitad the theater only filled to half capacity o was only half full;
llenarse de algo to fill with sth
2 ‹bolsillo/boca› to fill;
llenarse algo de algo to fill sth with sth
3 ( colmarse):
se llenaron de deudas they got heavily into debt
4 [ persona] ( de comida):
me llené (colloq) I'm full (up) (colloq)
llenar
I verbo transitivo
1 to fill: me llena de vergüenza/alegría, it fills me with shame/happiness
2 (una superficie) llené la pared de fotografías, I covered the wall with photos
3 (una comida, actividad, etc) to satisfy
II verbo intransitivo to be filling: la paella llena mucho, paella is very filling
' llenar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ahumar
- buche
- poblar
- rellenar
- acribillar
- hartar
- hueco
English:
crowd
- fill
- fill up
- gap
- pack
- replenish
- restock
- stock
- top up
- complete
- cover
- delight
- disturb
- exhilarate
- gladden
- pervade
- refill
- satisfy
- top
* * *♦ vt1. [ocupar] [vaso, hoyo, habitación] to fill (de o con with);llenó la casa de muebles usados she filled the house with second-hand furniture;llenar el depósito [del coche] to fill up the tank;¡llénemelo! [el depósito] fill her up, please;llenan su tiempo libre leyendo y charlando they spend their spare time reading and chatting2. [cubrir] [pared, suelo] to cover (de with);llenó de adornos el árbol de Navidad she covered the Christmas tree with decorations;has llenado la pared de salpicaduras de aceite you've spattered oil all over the walleste premio me llena de orgullo this prize fills me with pride o makes me very proud;llenaron de insultos al árbitro they hurled abuse at the referee;nos llenaron de obsequios they showered gifts upon us4. [rellenar] [impreso, solicitud, quiniela] to fill in o outno le llena la relación con su novio she finds her relationship with her boyfriend unfulfillingno (me) llenes la paciencia don't push your luck;muy Famllenar las pelotas o [m5] las bolas o [m5] los huevos a alguien Br to get on sb's tits, US to bust sb's balls;dejá de llenar las pelotas o [m5] las bolas o [m5] los huevos stop being a pain in the Br arse o US ass♦ vi1. [comida] to be filling¡no llenes! stop being a pest!* * *inII v/i be filling* * *llenar vt1) : to fill, to fill up, to fill in2) : to meet, to fulfilllos regalos no llenaron sus expectativas: the gifts did not meet her expectations* * *llenar vb1. (en general) to fill2. (superficie) to cover3. (comida) to be filling -
9 कृत _kṛta
कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त]1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines.-2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11.-3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4.-4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114.-5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186.-6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21.-तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; un- grateful; Ms.7.197.-2 Service, benefit.-3 Conse- quence, result.-4 Aim, object.-5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18.-6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon).-7 The number '4'.-8 A stake at a game.-9 Prize or booty gained in a battle.-1 An offering.-11 Magic sorcery.-Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being.-अङ्क a.1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281.-2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points.-अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154.-अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient.-अनुसारः custom, usage.-अन्त a. bringing to an end, termi- nating.(-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1.-2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17.-3 a demonstrated con- clusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13.-4 a sinful or inauspicious action.-5 an epithet of Saturn.-6 Saturday.-7 the inevitable result of former actions.-8 the second lunar mansion.-9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun.-अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3.-2 digested food.-3 excrement.-अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal.- अभय a. saved from fear or danger.-अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince.-अभ्यास a. practised.-अयः the die called कृत marked with four points.-अर्थ a.1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14.-2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194.-3 clever.-4 that which has served its purpose (and hence in- capable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125.-2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.)-अवधान a. careful, attentive.-अवधि a.1 fixed, appointed.-2 bounded, limited.-अवमर्ष a.1 effacing from recollection.-2 intolerant.-अवस्थ a.1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6.-2 fixed, settled.-अस्त्र a.1 armed.-2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62.- अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies.- आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul.-आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11.-आत्मन् a.1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11.-2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48.- आभरण a. adorned.-आयास a. labouring, suffering.- आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W.-आवास a lodging.-आस्पद a.1 governed; ruled.-2 supporting, resting on.-3 residing in.-आहार a. having taken one's meals.-आह्वान a. challenged.-उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving.- उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3.-उद्वाह a.1 married.-2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands.-उपकार a.1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73.-2 friendly.-उपभोग a. used, enjoyed.-कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9.-कर्मन् a.1 one who has done his work; R.9.3.-2 skilful, clever. (-m.)1 the Supreme spirit.-2 a Saṁnyāsin.-काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled.-कार्य a.1 one who has done his work or obtained his object.-2 having no need of another's aid.-काल a.1 fixed or settled as to time.-2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.-कृत्य, -क्रिय a.1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2.-2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3.-3 clever.-4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32.-क्रयः a purchaser.-क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act.-2 one who has fulfilled his duty.-3 one who has performed a religious cere- mony; Ms.5.99.-क्षण a.1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1.-2 one who has got an opportunity.-घ्न a.1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89.-2 defeating all previous measures.-चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता.-जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6.-ज्ञ a.1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38.-2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki.(-ज्ञः) 1 a dog.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-तीर्थ a.1 one who has visited or frequented holy places.-2 one who studies with a professional teacher.-3 fertile in means or expedients.-4 a guide.-5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3.-दार a. married.-दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant.-दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा)-दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB).-धी a.1 prudent, considerate.-2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79.-नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6.-निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189.-निश्चय a.1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37.-2 confident, sure.-पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery.-पूर्व a. done formerly.-प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94.-प्रतिज्ञ a.1 one who has made an agreement or engagement.-2 one who has fulfilled his promise.-प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158.-फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence.-बुद्धि a.1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3.-2 a man of resolute character.-3 informed of one's duty.-ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has per- formed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1.-मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated.-मति a. firm, resolute.-मन्यु a. indignant.-मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia.-2 the spotted antelope.-मुख a. learned, clever, wise.-युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages.-रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2.-लक्षण a.1 stamped, marked.-2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239.-3 excellent, amiable.-4 defined, dis- criminated.-वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki.-वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18.-विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8.-विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45.-वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna.-वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164.-वेदिन् a.1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ.-2 observant of propriety.-वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11.-व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27.-शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.-शोभ a.1 splendid.-2 beautiful.-3 handy, dexterous.-शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21.-श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9.-श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astro- nomy.-संकल्प a. resolved, determined.-संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5.-संज्ञ a.1 having presence of mind... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms.-2 restored to consciousness or senses.-3 aroused.-4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221.-संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred.-संस्कार a.1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, ini- tiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78.-2 Pre- pared, adorned.-सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has mar- ried another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife.-हस्त, -हस्तक a.1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy.-2 skilled in archery.-हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity;... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47.-2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41. -
10 קדש
קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr. -
11 קָדַש
קָדַש(b. h.) (to be cut off, separated, v. Ges. Hebr. Dict.12> s. v.; cmp. פָּרַש, to be, become pure, sacred, holy. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot.; ib. IV, end, 7a ק׳ עליו היום the day became holy upon him, i. e. the Sabbath commenced while he was engaged in doing something. Meil.II, 8 (10a) קָרְשוּ בכלים (Talm. ed. קדשן) after they have become sacred by being put in a sacred vessel (v. infra); Shebu.11a (Ms. F. קירשן). Bekh.4b קדשו בכורותוכ׳ the firstborn in the desert were consecrated; a. fr. Pi. קִרֵּש, קִי׳ 1) to sanctify, esp. ק׳ שם שמים, or ק׳ את השם to sanctify the name of the Lord, to manifest fidelity to religion by noble deeds, by martyrdom Sot.10b; 36b יוסף שק׳ שםוכ׳ Joseph who sanctified the name … in secret (when he resisted temptation); יהודה שק׳וכ׳ Judah who sanctified … in public (when he admitted his guilt, Gen. 38:26); a. fr. 2) to sanctify, consecrate; to purify, keep pure. Ber.17a טהר וקַדֵּש עצמך מכלוכ׳ keep thyself clean and pure (aloof) from every guilt Yoma 39a (ref. to Lev. 11:44) אדם מְקַדֵּש … מְקַדְּשִׁין אותו הרבה if a man sanctifies himself a little (trains himself to self-restraint), they (the divine agencies) will help him much to sanctify him; מלמטה מקדשין אותו מלמעלה if he (sanctifies himself) below, they will sanctify him from above; בעולם הזה מקדשיןוכ׳ he in this world, they will declare him holy in the hereafter. Yeb.20a, a. e. קדש עצמך במותר לך sanctify thyself by self-restraint from what is permitted to thee. Ḥag.3b, a. e. קִדְּשָׁהּ לשעתה, v. קְדוּשָּׁה. Sebu. 15a כל הכלים … מְקַדַּשְׁתָּן is as regards all vessels that Moses made, the ointing of them gave them their sacred character; Snh.16b מקדשן (corr. acc.). Men.95b תנור מְקַדֵּש the oven (the baking of the showbread) gives it its sacred character. Ib. 100a כלי שרת מְקַרְּשִׁין the vessels of the service consecrate (the things put into them); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדָּש; f. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשִׁים Sabb.55a (ref. to Ez. 9:6) א״ת מקדשי אלא מְקוּדָּשַׁיוכ׳ and not miḳdashi (my sanctuary) but mḳuddashai (my sanctified ones), that means those who fulfilled the whole Law ; Ab. Zar.4a. Zeb.115b (ref. to Ps. 68:36 מִמִּקְדָּשֶׁיךָ) read מִמְּקוּדָּשֶׁיךָוכ׳ ‘from thy sanctified ones, when the Lord passes judgment on his holy servants ; a. fr. 3) (with, or sub., ידיו ורגליו) to wash hands and feet prior to a sacred act. Yoma III, 6. Ib. IV, 5. Ib. 22a; a. fr. 4) to prepare the water of lustration (Num. 19). Par. VI, 1 המקדש ונפל הקִדּוּש על ידו if he prepares the lustration, and some of the consecrated water falls upon his hand. Ib. 2 נוטל נמקדש he may take (of the ashes) and prepare the water with them. Ib. 3 המקדש כשוקתוכ׳ he who puts ashes into a large vessel of water; a. fr. 5) (of seasons) to proclaim the sanctity of esp., a) (ק׳ החדש) to proclaim in court that the new month had begun (v. infra). R. Hash. II, 7 אם לא … אין מקדשין אותו שכבד קִדְּשוּשוּהוּ שמים unless the new moon is seen in its due time (on the evening of the twenty-ninth day), no announcement is made, for the heavens have already proclaimed it (and the new month begins with the thirty-first day). Ib. 24a בין כך … שנים אתה מקדשוכ׳ in neither case is the ceremony of announcement required, for we read (Lev. 25:10), ‘ye shall sanctify the fiftieth year, years thou must ‘sanctify Ex. R. s. 15 אני ואתם נְקַדֵּש את החדש I and you, let us (as a court) proclaim the month (of Nisan); a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. R. Hash. II, 7 ראשב״ד אומר מק׳וכ׳ the president of the court says, ‘(the new month is) proclaimed, and all the people say after him, ‘proclaimed, proclaimed. Ib. III, 1 נחקרו … ולא הספיקו לומר מק׳וכ׳ when the witnesses were examined, and the court had no time to say mḳuddash before night set in; a. e.b) ק׳ השבת, היום to pronounce the sanctity of the Sabbath, the Holy Day, to recite the Sabbath or the festive benediction (over wine), to say Ḳiddush. Pes.105a מי שלא ק׳ בע״ש מקדשוכ׳ he who fails to bless the Sabbath on the Sabbath eve, may do so during the entire day. Ib. 106b טעם אינו מקדש if a man tasted something without Ḳiddush, he must not bless the Sabbath; Ib. 107a טעם מקדש even if he has tasted something, he must bless the Sabbath. Ib. כגין זה ראוי לקַדֵּש עליו a beverage like this is fit for Ḳiddush; a. fr. 6) ק׳ אשה ( to consecrate a woman, a) to betroth (expl. Kidd.2b לישנא דרבנן דאסר לה … בהקדש the rabbinical term, in place of the Biblical קנה,because he makes her forbidden to others like a consecrated object, v. הֶקְרֵּש). Kidd.II, 1 האיש מקדש בווכ׳ a man may betroth a woman either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיְקַדֵּש … עדוכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth a woman to himself, before he has seen her. ib. II, 4 האומר … צא וקַיֵּש … והלך וקִרְּשָׁהּוכ׳ if a man said to his deputy, go and betroth to me that certain woman in that certain place, and he went and betrothed her in a different place, she is not betrothed (the betrothal is invalid); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מְקוּדָּשוֹת. Ib. הרי זו מק׳ in such a case the betrothal is binding. Ib. 7; a. fr.b) (of the father of a minor נַעֲרָה) to accept a betrothal in behalf of ones daughter. Ib. 1 האיש מקדש את בתווכ׳ a man may accept his daughters betrothal, if she is a naʿărah, either in person or through a deputy. Ib. 41a אסור לאדם שיקדש את בתו יכ׳ a man is forbidden to betroth his daughter as a child, (but must wait,) until she is grown up and says, I like this man; a. fr.7) to cause a thing to be prohibited, esp. (by ref. to Deut. 22:9) by planting seeds in a vineyard, or vines among seeds; to cause condemnation. Kil. IV, 5 הזורע … ק׳ שורה אחת if a person sows within four cubits of a vineyard, he has caused the condemnation of one row of vines. Ib. V, 5 הרי זה מקדש ארבעיםוכ׳ he has made forty-five vines forbidden. Ib. VII, 2 גפן … ואינה מְקַרֶּשֶׁת to plant seeds near a dried-up vine is forbidden, but it (the vine) does not cause the condemnation of the seeds. Ib. אלו אוסרין ולא מְקַדְּשִׁין the following plants make the planting of seeds in their neighborhood forbidden, but do not cause condemnation of the seeds, if planted, or their own condemnation. Ib. 5 אין אדם מקדש דברוכ׳ no man can cause condemnation of a thing not his own. Ib. הרי זה ק׳וכ׳ he has caused the condemnation of his neighbors seeds and must pay damages; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְקַדֵּש, Nithpa. נִתְקַדֵּש 1) to be sanctified, glorified as holy. Yeb.79a מוטב … ויִתְקַדֵּש שםוכ׳ let a letter of the Law be uprooted (disregarded), but let the name of God be sanctified in public. Tanḥ. Shmini 1 מִתְקַדֵּש אני שם במכבדי: there (at the dedication of the Tabernacle) I shall be sanctified by (the death of) those that honor me. Lev. R. s. 12; a. fr. 2) to be consecrated, dedicated; (of the New Moon) to be proclaimed. R. Hash. 21b יכול … עד שיִתְקַדְּשוּוכ׳ you may have thought, as well as the Sabbath is to be disregarded (by the witnesses travelling to the seat of the court), until they (the months) are proclaimed, it may also be disregarded (by the messengers carrying the announcement), until they are established. Ex. R. s. 15 היה הכהן … והבלי מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁת the priest received in it some sacred object, by which the vessel was consecrated; וכלי חול מִתְקַדֵּש and a profane vessel became sacred. Shebu.15a אין העזרה מִתְקַדֶּשֶׁתוכ׳ the Temple hall was not consecrated, until the priests ate therein the remnants of the meal-offering. Ib. 16a תחתונה נִתְקַדְּשָׁה בכל אלו the lower reservoir became consecrated through all these (ceremonies mentioned); a. fr. 3) (of mixed seeds) to be condemnable, condemned. Kil. VII, 7 מאימתי … מתקרשת from what time are seeds of grain (planted among vines) to be condemned? Ib. אין מִתְקַרְּשוֹת are not to be condemned; a. fr. 4) to be betrothed. Kidd.II, 1 האשה מתקדשת בהוכ׳ a woman may be betrothed in person or through her deputy, Ib. האומר הִתְקַדְּשִׁי ליוכ׳ … if a man says to a woman, be betrothed to me with this fig. Ib. 45b נִתְקַדְּשָׁה לדעת אביה וניסתוכ׳ if she (the minor) was betrothed with her fathers consent, but was married without it; a. fr. 5) to sanctify ones self. Sifra Vayikra, Ndab., ch. II, Par. 2 מי שהוא עתיד להִתְקַדֵּש he that is ready to sanctify himself (by vowing a sacrifice). Nif. נִקְדַּש 1) to be sanctified; to become consecrated. Tem.14a כאן לִיקָּדֵש כאן ליקרב in the one case it refers to being consecrated (by being put in a sacred vessel), in the other to being offered. Bekh.4b הוזהרו … ליקדש they were admonished concerning the firatborn, that they be consecrated; a. e. 2) to be betrothed. Kidd.48a if she says, עשה לי … ואֶקָּדֵשוכ׳ make for me chains, and I shall be betrothed unto thee. Hif. הִקְדִּיש 1) to cause sanctification. Zeb.115b לא מתו … להַקְדִּיש שמווכ׳ thy (Aarons) sons died only in order to give thee an opportunity to sanctify the name of the Lord. 2) to sanctify, dedicate an object as Temple property (Lev. 27:14–24). Arakh.VI, 2 המַקְדִּיש נכסיווכ׳ if a person dedicates his property to the Temple, but owes his (divorced) wife her kthubah (כְּתוּבָּה) Ib. VII, 1 אין מַקְדִּישִׁין לפני היובלוכ׳ you cannot dedicate landed property within less than two or three years before the jubilee. Ib. 3 הִקְדִּישָׁהּ וגאלה if he dedicated and then redeemed it. Ib. 5 אין אדם מַקְדִּיש דברוכ׳ nobody can dedicate a thing not belonging to him. B. Kam.VII, 2; a. v. fr. Hof. הוּקְדַּש to be dedicated, consecrated. Meil.II, 8 המנחות … משהוּקְדָּשוּ the law concerning misappropriation of sacred things applies to meal-offerings as soon as they have been dedicated. Ib. 1 משהוּקְדָּשָׁה as soon as it has been designated for a sin-offering; a. fr.Part. מוּקְדָּש; f. מוּקְדֶּשֶׁת; pl. מוּקְדָּשִׁים Ned.V, 6 (48a) אם … הרי הם מוק׳ לשמים if they are mine, be they dedicated to the Lord. Ib. כל מתנה … מקודשת אינה מתנה (read: מוקדשת) a gift which is not made so that if the recipient dedicates it to sacred use, it is dedicated, is no gift. Bekh.V, 1 כל פסולי המוק׳ all dedicated sacrifices which became unfit for the altar; a. fr. -
12 para
prep.1 for.es para ti it's for youuna mesa para el salón a table for the living roomesta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drinkte lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand¿para qué? what for?2 (in order) to.para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aimslo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you3 toward.ir para casa to head (for) homesalir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport4 for (time).tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow5 to.la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be servedel atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to winpres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.pres.subj.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.imperat.2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.* * *1 (finalidad) for2 (uso, utilidad) for■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?3 (destino, dirección) for, to■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before5 (comparación) for1 (finalidad) to, in order to2 (suficiente) enough■ tal como nos han tratado es para no volver nunca más the way they treated us is enough to make you never go back there again\para entonces by thenpara con towards, topara que so that■ déjale una nota a tu madre para que sepa dónde estás leave your mother a note so that she knows where you are¿para qué? what for?■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!* * *prep.1) for2) to3) towards4) by•- para detrás
- para que* * *IPREP1) [indicando finalidad, uso] fores demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means
para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home
2)para que —
a) + subjunpara que eso fuera posible tendrías que trabajar mucho — you would have to work hard for that to be possible
b) [en preguntas]¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?
¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?
-¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"
tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you
que para qué * —
tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *
3) + infina) [indicando finalidad] toestoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike
no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten
b) [indicando secuencia temporal]el rey visitará Argentina para volar después a Chile — the king will visit Argentina and then fly on to Chile
4) [con expresiones de tiempo]ahora para las vacaciones de agosto hará un año — it'll be a year ago this o come the August holiday
lo tendré listo para fin de mes — I'll have it ready by o for the end of the month
un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten
son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight
5) [indicando dirección]para atrás — back, backwards
el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus
ir para casa — to go home, head for home
6) [indicando opiniones]para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying
7) [en comparaciones]¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?
para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town
para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy
8) [indicando trato]para con — to, towards
estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) IItan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody
* SM paratrooper, para ** * *1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?
¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?
¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?
¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?
que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)
tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving
2)para + inf — to + inf
está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting
3)para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us
4) ( expresando consecuencia) to5) ( expresando suficiencia) forpara + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered
6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat
para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...
para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!
7)estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)
para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come
para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius
¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?
9)a) ( indicando dirección)empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)
¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?
b) ( en sentido figurado)ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on
va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty
10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?
¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?
b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to11)a) ( expresando duración)tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time
b) ( con idea de finalidad) for¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?
12) ( en secuencias de acciones)se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return
* * *= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.----* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.* para actuar = for action.* para alguna gente = to some people.* para algunas personas = to some people.* para algunos = to some.* para aquel entonces = by then.* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.* para beneficio de = for the good of.* para bien = for the best, for the better.* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.* para bodas = bridal.* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.* para cuando = by the time.* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.* para decir la verdad = to be honest.* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.* para diario = everyday.* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.* para divertirse = for kicks.* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.* para el arrastre = over the hill.* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.* para el bien de = for the benefit of.* para el caso = for that matter.* para el esparcimiento = recreational.* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.* para el ocio = recreational.* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.* para embalsamar = embalming.* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.* para entonces = by then.* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.* para eso = therefor.* para este fin = to this end.* para esto = therefor.* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.* para expresar dimensiones = by.* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.* para finales de = by the end of.* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.* para finalizar = in closing.* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].* para futuras consultas = for future reference.* para hacer dinero = money-making.* para hacer esto = in this.* para hacer fundas = sleeving.* para hacer juego = to match.* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.* para hacer las paces = peace offering.* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.* para impresionar = for effect.* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.* para jóvenes = youth-serving.* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* para la posteridad = for posterity.* para la web = Web-related.* para llamar la atención = for effect.* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.* para más información = for further details.* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.* para mayor información sobre = for details of.* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.* para mí = for myself.* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.* para no = so as not to.* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.* para novias = bridal.* para + Número = seat + Número.* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.* para orquesta = orchestral.* para otra ocasión = for future reference.* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.* para PCs = PC-based.* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.* para protegerse = protectively.* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.* para que así conste = for the record.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.* para que no falte = for good measure.* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.* para que quede constancia = for the record.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.* para ser específico = to be specific.* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.* para terminar = in closing.* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.* para toda la industria = industry-wide.* para toda la universidad = university-wide.* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.* para todo uso = all-purpose.* para tomar medidas = for action.* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.* para una única ocasión = one-time.* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.* para uso del profesional = professional-use.* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.* para uso personal = for personal use.* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.* sin parar = interminably.* * *1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?
¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?
¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?
¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?
que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)
tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving
2)para + inf — to + inf
está listo para pintar — it's ready to be painted o for painting
3)para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us
4) ( expresando consecuencia) to5) ( expresando suficiencia) forpara + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered
6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat
para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...
para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!
7)estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)
para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come
para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius
¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?
9)a) ( indicando dirección)empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)
¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?
b) ( en sentido figurado)ya vamos para viejos — we're getting old o getting on
va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty
10) ( en relaciones de tiempo)a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)estará listo para el día 15 — it'll be ready by o for the 15th
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?
¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?
b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to11)a) ( expresando duración)tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time
b) ( con idea de finalidad) for¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?
12) ( en secuencias de acciones)se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return
* * *= for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.
Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.* ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.* para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.* para actuar = for action.* para alguna gente = to some people.* para algunas personas = to some people.* para algunos = to some.* para aquel entonces = by then.* para atraer al cliente = window dressing.* para beneficio de = for the good of.* para bien = for the best, for the better.* para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.* para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.* para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.* para bodas = bridal.* para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].* para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.* para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.* para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.* para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.* para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.* para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.* para cuando = by the time.* para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.* para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.* para decir la verdad = to be honest.* para detrimento de = to the neglect of.* para diario = everyday.* para disgusto de = to the disgust of.* para divertirse = for kicks.* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para el año próximo = for the year ahead.* para el arrastre = over the hill.* para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.* para el bien de = for the benefit of.* para el caso = for that matter.* para el esparcimiento = recreational.* para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.* para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.* para el ocio = recreational.* para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.* para embalsamar = embalming.* para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.* para entonces = by then.* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.* para eso = therefor.* para este fin = to this end.* para esto = therefor.* para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.* para expresar dimensiones = by.* para + Fecha = by + Fecha.* para finales de = by the end of.* para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.* para finalizar = in closing.* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].* para futuras consultas = for future reference.* para hacer dinero = money-making.* para hacer esto = in this.* para hacer fundas = sleeving.* para hacer juego = to match.* para hacer justicia = in fairness to.* para hacer las paces = peace offering.* para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.* para hacer más fácil = for ease of.* para impresionar = for effect.* para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.* para jóvenes = youth-serving.* para la eternidad = in perpetuity.* para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.* para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.* para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.* para la posteridad = for posterity.* para la web = Web-related.* para llamar la atención = for effect.* para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.* para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.* para más información = for further details.* para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.* para mayor información sobre = for details of.* para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.* para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.* para mí = for myself.* para microordenadores = micro-computer based.* para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.* para no = so as not to.* para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.* para no ser menos = not to be outdone.* para novias = bridal.* para + Número = seat + Número.* para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.* para orquesta = orchestral.* para otra ocasión = for future reference.* para para lavarse la cara = washrag.* para partirse de risa = side-splitting.* para PCs = PC-based.* para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.* para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.* para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.* para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.* para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.* para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.* para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.* para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.* para protegerse = protectively.* para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.* para que así conste = for the record.* para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.* para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.* para que no falte = for good measure.* para que no falte de nada = for good measure.* para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.* para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.* para que quede constancia = for the record.* para que quede más claro = for main effects.* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.* para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.* para ser específico = to be specific.* para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.* para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.* para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.* para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.* para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.* para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.* para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.* para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.* para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.* para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.* para terminar = in closing.* para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.* para toda la industria = industry-wide.* para toda la universidad = university-wide.* para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.* para todo el mercado = industry-wide.* para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.* para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].* para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.* para todo uso = all-purpose.* para tomar medidas = for action.* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.* para una única ocasión = one-time.* para un futuro mejor = for a better future.* para uso comercial = commercially-owned.* para uso del profesional = professional-use.* para uso industrial = heavy-duty.* para uso personal = for personal use.* para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.* para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.* sin parar = interminably.* * *A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) fortengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?lee para ti read to yourselffue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?champú para bebés baby shampoojarabe para la tos cough mixtureque para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!B para + INF to + INFestá ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a caresta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking waterestá listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for paintingpara serte sincero to tell you the truthcomo para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herselfpara pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next yearno hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize thatnos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see betterpara no + INF so as not to + INFentró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake herC para QUE + SUBJ:lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry mepídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?para QUE no + SUBJ:cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear usD1(enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) topara su desgracia unfortunately for himpara mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surpriseA (expresando suficiencia) forno había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go roundtranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that badpara + INF:apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eatsoy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember itbastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as wellpara QUE + SUBJ:basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's whitebasta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flusteredB(en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sunson altos para su edad they're tall for their agepara lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fatdíselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …para + INF:para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?para QUE + SUBJ:son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for thempara que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!C estar para algo/+ INF(indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokesestas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the binno está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothesD(expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come nowpara el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozarttú eres todo para mí you're everything to me¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the readerA(indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airportempuja para arriba push up o upward(s)¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' housetráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/insidecórrete para atrás move backBva para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)A(señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the classme lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?B1(indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of Augustpara entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?2 (indicando fecha fija) fortengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrowC1(expresando duración): para siempre forevertengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time2 (con idea de finalidad) for¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?D ( liter)(en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to returnfue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later* * *
Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)
para es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)
para es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
para
parar
parir
para preposición
1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;
¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
champú para bebés baby shampoo;
para eso no voy I might as well not go;
para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
para aprobar (in order) to pass;
entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
2
no es para tanto it's not that bad;
soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember itb) (en comparaciones, contrastes):
son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
1 ( dirección):
empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
2 ( tiempo)a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;
deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
c) ( duración):
tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( detenerse) to stop;
ir/venir a para to end up;
fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
2 ( cesar) to stop;
ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
no para en casa she's never at home;
para DE + INF to stop -ing;
paró de llover it stopped raining
3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
verbo transitivo
1
‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
‹ golpe› to block, ward off
2 (AmL)
pararse verbo pronominal
1 ( detenerse)
[coche/motor] to stall;
2
se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
( en los lados) to stick out
parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
[ vaca] to calve;
[yegua/burra] to foal;
[ oveja] to lamb
verbo transitivo
para preposición
1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
para entonces, by then
8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
parar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
2 (alojarse) to stay
3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
II verbo transitivo
1 to stop
2 Dep to save
3 LAm to stand up
♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
' para' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abalorio
- ablandar
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acá
- aceitera
- achuchar
- actuación
- adentro
- agitador
- agitadora
- alcanzar
- alfiler
- alguna
- alguno
- aliento
- alquiler
- alta
- amenaza
- añadidura
- ancha
- ancho
- ánimo
- año
- antesala
- antirrobo
- aplanar
- aprovechar
- apta
- aptitud
- apto
- aquí
- arca
- arena
- arrastre
- arriba
- arropar
- atonía
- atrás
- atril
- aunar
- auspicio
- baja
- bajo
- balde
- bálsamo
- bañarse
- banco
English:
AA
- ability
- about
- accessory
- accommodate
- achieve
- activity
- adapter
- adaptor
- adequate
- adequately
- admire
- adult
- advantage
- advantageous
- advertise
- aftershave (lotion)
- agitate
- agree
- all
- all-out
- allocate
- analyst
- antiallergenic
- antibiotic
- antidote
- antihistamine
- antipollution
- appease
- application
- appointment
- appropriate
- aptitude
- argue
- arm-twisting
- arms control
- around-the clock
- arrangement
- arson
- as
- ASPCA
- assailant
- assert
- assess
- assume
- astir
- astonishment
- attain
- attention span
- attractive
* * *para prep1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;es para ti it's for you;significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;“¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;desayuno para dos breakfast for two;crema para zapatos shoe polish;pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;para con towards;es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;¿para qué? what for?;¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?2. [indica dirección] towards;el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;ir para casa to head (for) home;salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;para abajo downwards;para arriba upwards;tira para arriba pull up o upwards;para atrás backwards;échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;para delante forwards;ya vas para viejo you're getting old;esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter3. [indica tiempo] for;tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;Am salvo RPdiez para las once ten to eleven;Am salvo RPun cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;para entonces by then4. [indica comparación]tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win6. [indica opinión] for;para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?8. [indica consecuencia]para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us9. Compno llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;Famque para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot* * *prp1 for;para mí for me2 dirección toward(s);ir para head for;va para directora she’s going to end up as manager3 tiempo for;listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;para siempre forever;diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;¿para cuándo? when for?:lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;para que so that;¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that5 en comparaciones:para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age6:lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30* * *para prep1) : forpara ti: for youalta para su edad: tall for her ageuna cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday2) : to, towardspara la derecha: to the rightvan para el río: they're heading towards the river3) : to, in order tolo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you4) : around, by (a time)para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow5)para adelante : forwards6)para atrás : backwards7)para que : so, so that, in order thatte lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know* * *para prep1. (en general) for2. (seguido de infinitivo) to3. (seguido de subjuntivo) so that4. (dirección) for / to5. (tiempo) bypara mí for me / in my opinion -
13 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
14 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
15 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
16 अङ्गम् _aṅgam
अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]1 The body.-2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)-3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).-4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.-5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.-6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.-7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).-8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.-9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.-ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.1 Contiguous.-2 Having members or divisions.-Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).-अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).-2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).-अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.-कर्मन् n.-क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.-2 a supplementary sacrificial act.-क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.-ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.-ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.-2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.-3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः)-जनुस् also1 a son.-2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.-3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.-4 drunkenness, intoxication.-5 a disease. (-जा) a daugh- ter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.-ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.-दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.-2 name of the 79th chapter.-द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.-न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.-पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).-पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.-प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.-प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).-भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.(-भूः) 1 a son.-2 Cupid.-3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).-भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.-2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.-3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.-मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.-मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]1 one who shampoos his master's body.-2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.-मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.-यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.-रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).-रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.-रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person.-रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.-2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.-रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.-लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.-लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]1 a scented cosmetic.-2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.-लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.-वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.-विकल a. [तृ. त.]1 maimed, paralysed.-2 fainting, swooning.-विकृतिः f.1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.-2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).-विकारः a bodily defect.-विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.-2 a kind of dance.-विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.-2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.-विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).-वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.-वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)-2 a nod, wink.-3 changed bodily appearance.-वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).-संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.-2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.-संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.-संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.-सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.-सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.-सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.-स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.-स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.-हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥-हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.-हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]1 gesticula- tion.-2 stage; dancing hall.-हीन a. [तृ. त.]1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥). -
17 saciar
v.1 to quench.2 to satiate, to satisfy, to cloy, to glut.La comida casera sacia mi apetito Homemade food satiates my appetite.Esto sacia mi hambre This satiates my hunger.3 to be satisfied with.Me sacia el agua I am satisfied with the water.4 to be satisfied to.Me sacia correr I am satisfied to run.* * *1 to satiate oneself, be satiated\comer hasta saciarse to eat one's fill* * *1. VT1) [+ hambre] to satisfy; [+ sed] to quench2) [+ deseos, curiosidad] to satisfy; [+ ambición] to fulfil, fulfill (EEUU)2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo < hambre> to satisfy; < sed> to quench; < deseo> (liter) to satiate (liter); < ambición> to fulfill*, realize2.saciarse v proncomer/beber hasta saciarse — to eat/drink one's fill
* * *= quench, assuage.Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.Ex. The dullard's envy of brilliant men is always assuaged by the suspicion that they will come to bad end.----* saciar la sed = slake + Posesivo + thirst.* * *1.verbo transitivo < hambre> to satisfy; < sed> to quench; < deseo> (liter) to satiate (liter); < ambición> to fulfill*, realize2.saciarse v proncomer/beber hasta saciarse — to eat/drink one's fill
* * *= quench, assuage.Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
Ex: The dullard's envy of brilliant men is always assuaged by the suspicion that they will come to bad end.* saciar la sed = slake + Posesivo + thirst.* * *saciar [A1 ]vt‹hambre› to satisfy, sate ( liter); ‹sed› to quench, slake ( liter); ‹deseo/curiosidad› to satisfy; ‹ambición› to fulfill*, realizeno parará hasta saciar su deseo de venganza he will not stop until his desire for revenge is satisfied o ( liter) sated■ saciarse1«persona»: comió hasta saciarse he ate his fill, he ate until he was sated o satiated ( liter)el año pasado quedé saciada de playa I had enough o I had my fill of the beach last year2 «curiosidad» to be satisfied; «ambición» to be fulfilled o realized* * *
saciar ( conjugate saciar) verbo transitivo ‹ hambre› to satisfy;
‹ sed› to quench;
‹ deseo› (liter) to satiate (liter);
‹ ambición› to fulfill( conjugate fulfill), realize
saciarse verbo pronominal:◊ comer/beber hasta saciarse to eat/drink one's fill
saciar verbo transitivo
1 (el hambre) to satisfy
2 (la sed) to quench
3 (una ambición, un deseo, una necesidad) to fulfill, satisfy
' saciar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
hartar
English:
quench
- assuage
- sate
- slake
* * *♦ vt[satisfacer] [sed] to quench; [hambre, curiosidad] to satisfy; [ambición] to fulfil;acudieron al festival para saciar su sed de música they went to the festival to quench their thirst for music* * *v/t figsatisfy, fulfill, Brfulfil* * *saciar vt1) hartar: to sate, to satiate2) satisfacer: to satisfy -
18 ἄγγελος
ἄγγελος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+) ‘messenger’.① a human messenger serving as an envoy, an envoy, one who is sentⓐ by humans (Hom.+; ins, pap; Gen 32:4, 7; Jdth 1:11; 3:1; 1 Macc 1:44; 7:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 451, Vi. 89): in his earthly ministry Jesus ἀπέστειλεν ἀγγέλους (Diod S 2,18,1 the king of India to Semiramis; 4, 65, 4) Lk 9:52; of John the Baptist’s disciples 7:24; of Joshua’s scouts Js 2:25 (cp. Josh 7:22).ⓑ by God (prophets Hg 1:13; Mal subscr.; a priest Mal 2:7.—1 Esdr 1:48f. S. also Theognis 1, 769, where the poet is Μουσέων ἄγγελος; Epict. 3, 22, 23; 38; Ael. Aristid. 37 K.=1 p. 15 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 9c Plato, as the one who brings us information about God, is called ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημίας ἄγγ.; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 20, 3; 5 Carnus the soothsayer is ἄγγ. of the gods) of John the Baptist as forerunner Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (all Mal 3:1; cp. Ex 23:20).② a transcendent power who carries out various missions or tasks, messenger, angel (ἄ. as a spirit-being, oft. connected w. the nether world in Gr-Rom. sources [EZiebarth, Neue attische Fluchtafeln: NGG 1899, 127ff no. 24; IG XII/3, 933–74. Other material in Dibelius, Geisterwelt 209ff. S. also the oracles: Theosophien 13 p. 169, 31; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 1, 3 ἐπεκαλεῖτο τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ θεὸν Ἄμμωνα; 2, 25, 1; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 ἄγγελοι θεῖοί τε κ. ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες; Hierocles 3, 424; 23, 468.—ἄ. w. θεοί and δαίμονες Damascius (V/VI A.D.) 183 Ruelle; ἄ. w. δαίμονες and ἥρωες Proclus, Rep. II 243 Kroll, Tim. III 109 Diehl.—FCumont, RHR 72, 1915, 159–82; FAndres, D. Engellehre d. griech. Apologeten 1914 and in Pauly-W. Suppl. III 1918, 101ff; Rtzst., Myst. 171, 2; Bousset, ARW 18, 1915, 170ff] and as a transcendent power in Judaism [LXX; En 10:7; 20:1; 99:3 al.; Essenes in Jos., Bell. 2, 142; Philo, cp. Schürer III 881–85 (on Philo) w. lit.; Joseph.; Test12Patr; prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia (I B.C.) 9f κύριε ὁ πάντα ἐφορῶν καὶ οἱ ἄνγελοι θεοῦ; on this Dssm. LO 353f; 357=LAE 414; 418f; SIG 1181 w. note 2; PFouad 203, 3f (I A.D.); on this PBenoit, RB 58, ’51, 549–65; PKatz, TZ 10, ’54, 228–31. Loanw. in rabb.—Bousset, Rel. 320ff; J-BFrey, L’Angélologie juive au temps de J-Chr.: RSPT 5, 1911, 75–110; HKuhn, JBL 67, ’48, 217–32 Jewish apocalypses], likewise in the magical pap, w. their mixture of gentile and Jewish infl. [PGM 1, 76 an ἄ. as a star fr. heaven; 4, 570ff; 998; 1112; 13, 329; 585; 609; 744]. Cp. the ins APF 3, 1906, 445 no. 67; 451 no. 94. The more common term in polytheistic lit. for beings intermediate between gods and humans is δαίμων [q.v.], which monotheistic writers reserved for reference to a realm hostile to God’s interests, while retaining the term ἄ. for intermediate beings, either those loyal to God or those in rebellion [s. c].)ⓐ as messengers of God, angels (LXX; Philo, Somn. 1, 190; transcendent messengers of the gods in Hom. are not intermediate beings. Yet the description of Hermes, the κῆρυξ τῶν θεῶν, as their ἄγγελος ἄριστος [Diod S 5, 75, 2] may have made it easier for Gr-Romans in general to understand ἄ. as God’s heavenly messenger; cp. the messenger of the god Men: EA 18, ’91 p. 92f, no. 2, 5f [lit.]) mostly w. gen.: κυρίου (Gen 16:10f al.) Mt 1:20; 2:13, 19; Lk 1:11; 2:9; Ac 5:19; 12:7, 23. τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen 31:11; 32:2 al.; Philo, Deus Imm. 1; Jos., Bell. 5, 388) Lk 12:8f; 15:10; J 1:51 (HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; also s. below on Lk. 2:15). ἄ. θεοῦ (Gen 21:17 A; Judg 13:6 B; Jos., Ant. 1, 73; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 31, 18) Gal 4:14; Hb 1:6 (Ps 96:7; Dt 32:43); 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). Abs. (Num 20:16; Judg 13:11; Tob 6:4ff al.) Lk 1:13, 18, 38; 2:10, 13, 15, 21; J 20:12; Ac 7:53; 1 Ti 3:16; 1 Pt 1:12 (in wordplay on the superiority of human beings to angels s. Sextus 32; on their status and classification s. also Orig., C. Cels. 4, 29, 16) al. ἅγιοι ἄ. (PGM 4, 1934, 1938) Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 10:22; Rv 14:10; 1 Cl 39:7 (Job 5:1); Hv 2, 2, 7; ἐκλεκτοὶ ἄ. 1 Ti 5:21 (ἄ. as witnesses so TestLevi 19:3 and SIG 1181, 10=Dssm. LO 351–62 [LAE 413–24]; cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 401); ἄ. ἰσχυρός (cp. Da 4:13; Ps 102:20) Rv 5:2; 18:21. Their abode is heaven, and so they are ἄ. τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:36 (unless οὐρ.=θεοῦ); ἄ. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mk 12:25; ἄ. ἐν οὐρανῷ 13:32; ἄ. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Gal 1:8, cp. Mt 22:30; 28:2; Lk 22:43. They return to heaven when they have fulfilled their mission on earth 2:15. Hence ἄ. φωτός (cp. SJCh 78, 17) 2 Cor 11:14; ἄ. φωταγωγοί B 18:1. There the good are united w. them after death Hv 2, 2, 7; Hs 9, 27, 3. They appear in dazzling light Lk 2:9; Ac 7:30 (Ex 3:2); ISm 6:1; cp. the ‘shining face’ of Ac 6:15; or in white garments J 20:12; cp. Mt 28:3; Lk 24:4. Called πνεύματα Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both after Ps 103:4). πνεύματα λειτουργικά serving spirits Hb 1:14. Their voice is like thunder J 12:29; γλῶσσαι τῶν ἀ. language of angels 1 Cor 13:1 (after the analogy of the languages of the gods, Plato in Clem. Al., Strom. 1, 143; cp. 2 Cor 12:4; Rv 14:2f; TestJob 48–50; GSteindorff, Apk. d. Elias: TU 17, 3a, 1899, 153). They bring messages fr. God to men Lk 1:11f; Mt 28:2ff, and were also active in the giving of the law νόμος διαταγεὶς διʼ ἀγγέλων Gal 3:19; cp. Ac 7:38, 53; Hb 2:2 (Jos., Ant. 15, 136 τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις διʼ ἀγγέλων παρὰ τ. θεοῦ μαθόντων; cp. Did., Gen. 110, 15 κἂν γὰρ διὰ ὑπουργῶν ἀγγέλων ποιῇ ἃ βούλεται θεός). As guardian angels of individuals (Tob 5:6, 22; cp. PGM 1, 172ff; Ael. Aristid. 50, 57 K.=26 p. 519 D.: ὁ σὸς Ἑρμῆς ἐστιν, to whom Aristid. has been entrusted since his birth) Mt 18:10 (PBarry, ET 23, 1912, 182); Ac 12:15 (JMoulton, JTS 3, 1902, 514–27, ET 14, 1903, 5ff); Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11); Hv 5:1f. They conduct the blessed dead into heaven Lk 16:22 (Hermes does this acc. to Pythag. [Diog. L. 8, 31]); instruct humans to do good Hv 3, 5, 4; δικαιοσύνης m 6, 2, 1 (ParJer 8:12); rejoice at the repentance of a sinner Lk 15:10; cp. the ἄ. τῆς μετανοίας Hm 12, 4, 7; 12, 6, 1 al. They preside over various realms ἄ. ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός Rv 14:18; ἄ. τῶν ὑδάτων 16:5; the four winds 7:1. God assigns them διακόσμησις γῆς Pa (4) (cp. ἄγγελοι ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξουσιῶν GrBar 12:3). An angel, Thegri, rules the animal world Hv 4, 2, 4 (Synes., Ep. 57 p. 192b δαίμονες as leaders of the grasshoppers). ἄ. τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ προφητικοῦ m 11:9; τὸν ἄ. τὸν τιμωρητήν Hs 7:6; cp. ὁ ἄ. ὁ μέγας Hs 8, 4, 1.—As creator of the world AcPlCor 1:15. On ἄ. τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν Rv 1:20, cp. 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on the textual problems associated w. these vss. s. RCharles, ICC Comm. 1920, I, clvii; clxf; II 244; RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42f) and s. on ἀστήρ.—Subordinate to Christ Mt 4:11; 13:41; 16:27; Hb 1:4ff (Ps 96:7; B-D-F §254, 2); 1 Pt 3:22; Rv 5:11f; glorify him J 1:51 (JFritsch “… videbitis … angelos Dei ascendentes …,” VD 37, ’59, 1–11). δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀ. Mt 26:53; μυριάσιν ἀ. Hb 12:22; cp. Rv 5:11. Seven principal angels (Tob 12:15) Rv 8:2, 6; 15:1, 6; 16:1; 17:1; 21:9 (GDix, The Seven Archangels and the Seven Spirits: JTS 28, 1927, 233–50). Six angels, created first, to whom the management of all creation is entrusted Hv 3, 4, 1. Angels at the Parousia Mt 24:31; 2 Th 1:7. Μιχαὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄ. αὐτοῦ Rv 12:7. Revered by people (Celsus 1, 26 Ἰουδαίους σέβειν ἀγγέλους; 5, 6) θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀ. worship of angels Col 2:18; λατρεύειν ἀγγέλοις as a sign of Jewish piety PtK 2 p. 14, 26=Clem. Al., Strom. 6, 41 p. 452, 9. Christ as σεμνότατος ἄ. Hv 5:2; m 5, 1, 7; cp. ὁ ἅγιος ἄ. Hs 5, 4, 4 v.l.; ὁ ἔνδοξος ἄ. Hs 5, 4, 4; 7:1ff; 8, 1, 2. ὁ ἄ. κυρίου Hs 7:5; 8, 1, 2ff; called Michael in Hs 8, 3, 3, where it is to be noted that Michael was the guardian angel of God’s people (WLueken, D. Erzengel Michael 1900; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 575f).ⓑ intermediate beings gener., w. no ref. to their relation to God (opp. ἄνθρωποι; s. 2 above immediately before a) 1 Cor 4:9 (cp. TestJos 19:9 ἔχαιρον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ οἱ ἄγγελοι κ. οἱ ἄνθρωποι κ. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ).—Ro 8:38 ἄ. as serving spirit-powers seem to be differentiated fr. the ἀρχαί, who rule.ⓒ evil spirits (Lactant., Inst. 2, 15, 8 daemonas Trismegistus ἀγγέλους πονηρούς appellat. Cp. also Job 1:6; 2:1; Philo, Gig. 16; TestAsh 6:4; PGM 4, 2701; αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις, διάβολος καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ Did., Gen. 45, 5; ADieterich, Nekyia 1893, 60f) τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ Mt 25:41; cp. Rv 12:9. ὁ δράκων καὶ οἱ ἄ. αὐτοῦ vs. 7; ἄ. τῆς ἀβύσσου 9:11 (s. Ἀβαδδών); ἄ. πονηρός B 9:4; ἄ. τῆς πονηρίας in contrast to guardian angels Hm 6, 2, 1; ἄ. Σατανᾶ, which causes physical pain 2 Cor 12:7; esp. called ἄ. τρυφῆς καὶ ἀπάτης Hs 6, 2, 1f; leading men into evil B 18:1. Of the angels’ fall and their punishment (cp., in the opinion of many, Gen 6:2; En 6ff; 54; Book of Jubilees 5; SyrBar 56:13; LJung, Fallen Angels in Jewish, Christian, and Mohammedan Lit. 1926; ALods, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I 29–54) ὁ θεὸς ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ ἐφείσατο 2 Pt 2:4; ἀ. τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν who did not keep to their proper domain (s. ἀρχή 7) Jd 6. From the pass. already quoted above w. Gen. 6:2 (cp. also TestReub 5:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 73 ἄγγελοι θεοῦ γυναιξὶ συνιόντες; and polytheists’ concept of erotic desires of transcendent beings: HUsener, Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 74f; Rtzst., Poim. 228ff. Herr der Grösse 14f; and GJs 14:1) some conclude that the angels were subject to erotic desires; this is held to explain the regulation that women are to wear a veil in church services, since angels are present (cp. Origen, Orat. 31 and Ps 137:1 ἐναντίον ἀγγέλων ψαλῶ σοι) 1 Cor 11:10 (for another view and for the lit. s. ἐξουσία 7; s. also JFitzmyer, [Qumran angelology] NTS 4, ’57/58, 48–58; LJervis, JBL 112, ’93, 243–45: angels mediate God’s presence). In 6:3 οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν; it is not certain whether only fallen angels are meant; θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀ. worship of angels Col 2:18 polemicizes against what appears to be a type of gnostic reverence for angels. (On Qumran angelology s. Fitzmyer, cited above.)—OEverling, D. paulinische Angelologie u. Dämonologie 1888; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 1909; GKurze, D. Engels-u. Teufels-glaube d. Ap. Pls 1915; MJones, St Paul and the Angels: Exp. 8th ser., 16, 1921, 356–70; 412–25; EPeterson, D. Buch von den Engeln ’35; JMichl, D. Engelvorstellungen in Apk I ’37; ELangton, The Angel Teaching of the NT ’37; JBernardin, JBL 57, ’38, 273–79; ESchick, D. Botschaft der Engel im NT ’40; WMichaelis, Z. Engelchristol. im Urchristent. ’42; GHatzidakis, Ἄγγελος u. Verwandtes: SBWienAk 173, 1914.—B. 1486. DELG. DDD 81–96 (lit.). M-M. New Docs 5, 72f. TW. Sv. -
19 cumplido
adj.1 reliable, responsible.2 punctual.3 accomplished.4 full.adv.on time, punctually.m.compliment, praise, civility, commendation.past part.past participle of spanish verb: cumplir.* * *1 compliment————————1→ link=cumplir cumplir► adjetivo1 (completo) complete, full2 (abundante) large, ample3 (perfecto) perfect4 (educado) polite, courteous1 compliment\cambiar cumplidos con alguien to exchange pleasantries with somebodyde cumplido courtesydeshacerse en cumplidos to be profuse in attentionsdevolverle el cumplido a alguien to return somebody's complimenthacer cumplidos to stand on ceremonypor cumplido out of courtesysin cumplidos informally* * *noun m.* * *1. ADJ1) (=perfecto) complete, full2) (=amplio) [ropa] full; [ración] large, plentiful3) (=cortés) courteous, correct; (=formal) formal4)2. SM1) (=alabanza) compliment2) (=cortesía)por cumplido — (=por cortesía) out of politeness, as a matter of courtesy; (=por obligación) out of a sense of duty
¡sin cumplidos! — no ceremony, please!
andarse con cumplidos, usar cumplidos — to stand on ceremony, be formal
* * *I- da adjetivo1) [ser]a) (atento, cortés) politecon lo cumplido que es! — he's always so polite o correct
b) ( considerado) thoughtfulc) (Col) ( puntual) punctual2) [estar] (frml) ( amplio) <información/respuesta> fullIIuna visita de cumplido — a duty o courtesy call
vamos, sin cumplidos or no te andes con cumplidos — don't stand on ceremony
es precioso, de verdad, no es un cumplido — it's beautiful, really, I'm not just being polite
* * *= compliment.Nota: A veces confundido con "complement" = complemento.Ex. Nine percent of the questions analyzed were placed in the 'other' category, which included notes of thanks and compliments on good service, suggestions for improving the library's services, and messages sent from listservs = El nueve por ciento de las cuestiones analizadas se colocaron en la categoría "otros", que incluía notas de agradecimiento y felicitaciones por el buen servicio, sugerencias para mejorar los servicios de la biblioteca y mensajes enviados de servidores de listas de correo.----* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* hacer un cumplido = pay + compliment.* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.* * *I- da adjetivo1) [ser]a) (atento, cortés) politecon lo cumplido que es! — he's always so polite o correct
b) ( considerado) thoughtfulc) (Col) ( puntual) punctual2) [estar] (frml) ( amplio) <información/respuesta> fullIIuna visita de cumplido — a duty o courtesy call
vamos, sin cumplidos or no te andes con cumplidos — don't stand on ceremony
es precioso, de verdad, no es un cumplido — it's beautiful, really, I'm not just being polite
* * *= compliment.Nota: A veces confundido con "complement" = complemento.Ex: Nine percent of the questions analyzed were placed in the 'other' category, which included notes of thanks and compliments on good service, suggestions for improving the library's services, and messages sent from listservs = El nueve por ciento de las cuestiones analizadas se colocaron en la categoría "otros", que incluía notas de agradecimiento y felicitaciones por el buen servicio, sugerencias para mejorar los servicios de la biblioteca y mensajes enviados de servidores de listas de correo.
* cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.* hacer un cumplido = pay + compliment.* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.* * *A [ SER]1 (atento, cortés) polite¡qué raro que no haya llamado con lo cumplido que es! I'm surprised he hasn't called when he's normally so polite o correctseguro que te compró un regalo, es muy cumplido he's bound to have bought you a present, he's very thoughtful o good that waysé cumplido don't be late, be punctualB [ ESTAR] ( frml) (completo, amplio) fulles incapaz de hacerle un cumplido a su mujer he wouldn't dream of paying his wife a complimentes una visita de cumplido it's a duty o courtesy callla invitó solamente por cumplido he only invited her out of duty o because he felt he ought to o because he felt an obligation tono te andes con cumplidos, estás en tu casa don't stand on ceremony, o you can drop the formalities, make yourself at homees precioso, de verdad, no es un cumplido it's beautiful, really, I'm not just saying that o I'm not just being polite* * *
Del verbo cumplir: ( conjugate cumplir)
cumplido es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
cumplido
cumplir
cumplido 1◊ -da adjetivo [ser]
ver tb◊ cumplir
cumplido 2 sustantivo masculino:
una visita de cumplido a duty o courtesy call;
la invitó por cumplido he invited her because he felt he ought to
cumplir ( conjugate cumplir) verbo transitivo
1
‹ ley› to obey;
‹ compromiso› to honor( conjugate honor), fulfill( conjugate fulfill);
‹obligación/contrato› to fulfill( conjugate fulfill)
‹ requisitos› fulfill( conjugate fulfill);◊ ¡misión cumplida! mission accomplished
2 ‹condena/sentencia› to serve;
‹ servicio militar› to do
3 ‹años/meses›:
¡que cumplas muchos más! many happy returns!;
mañana cumplimos 20 años de casados (AmL) tomorrow we'll have been married 20 years
verbo intransitivo
‹ con tarea› to carry out sth;
‹ con trámite› to comply with sth;
‹con requisito/condición› to fulfill( conjugate fulfill) sth;
b) ( con una obligación social):
con los Lara ya hemos cumplido we've done our bit as far as the Laras are concerned (colloq)
cumplirse verbo pronominal
[ ambición] to be realized, be fulfilledb) [ plazo]:
hoy se cumple el primer aniversario de … today marks the first anniversary of …
cumplido,-a
I adjetivo
1 (abundante) plentiful
(holgado) loose-fitting
2 (cortés) polite
3 (plazo) expired
(misión) accomplished
II sustantivo masculino compliment
cumplir
I verbo transitivo
1 (un proyecto, tarea) to carry out, fulfil, US fulfill
2 (un deseo) to fulfil
(promesa) to keep
3 (sentencia) to serve
4 (años) ayer cumplí treinta años, I was thirty (years old) yesterday
II verbo intransitivo
4 (actuar de acuerdo con) cumplir con lo pactado, to carry out an agreement
5 (quedar bien) to do the right thing (by): tenemos que cumplir con tu madre, we have to do our bit for your mother
6 (plazo) to expire, end
' cumplido' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cumplida
- cumplir
- recién
- satisfacción
English:
backhanded
- compliment
- lap up
- pay
- should
- arrears
- unfulfilled
* * *cumplido, -a♦ adj1. [completo, lleno] full, complete2. [cortés] polite, courteous;es muy cumplido con todo el mundo he's very polite to everyone♦ nmcompliment;hacer un cumplido a alguien to pay sb a compliment;lo dijo como cumplido she said it out of politeness* * *I part → cumplirII adj1 ( cortés) polite2:tener 50 años cumplidos be 50 years oldIII m compliment;no andarse con cumplidos not stand on ceremony;por cumplido out of politeness* * *cumplido, -da adj1) : complete, full2) : courteous, correctcumplido nm: compliment, courtesypor cumplido: out of courtesyandarse con cumplidos: to stand on ceremony, to be formal* * *cumplido n compliment -
20 KOMA
* * *I)(kem; kom or kvam, kómum or kvamúm; kominn), v.1) to come (litlu síðarr kómu Finnar aptr heim);2) to come, arrive (bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli);kom svá, at (it came to pass, that) Bárði var heitit meyjunni;3) with dat. of the object, to make to come, to take, bring, carry, etc.;hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðargarða, he should make Th. come to G.;hann kom Þórhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river;koma e-m í hel, to put one to death;koma e-m til falls, to make one fall;koma e-m í sætt við e-n, to reconcile one with another;koma sér vel hjá e-m, to bring oneself into favour with, be agreeable to (þeir kómu sér vel við alla);koma e-u til leiðar (til vegar), to effect, bring about;koma orðum við e-n, to speak with a person (hann gørði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma);4) with preps.:koma e-u af sér, to get rid of (allt mun ek til vinna at koma af mér yðvarri reiði);koma e-u af, to abolish (Þvi hafði eigi orðit af komitmeði öllu);koma at e-m, to come upon one (kómu þessir at honum fyrir Sjólandi með tveim skipum);koma at hendi, to happen (mikill vandi er kominn at hendi);impers., Gunnarr játaði því, en þá er at kom, vildi hann eigi, G. agreed to it, but when it came to the point he would not;koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover (koma at hamri);koma sér at e-u, to bring oneself to (Þ. kom sér ekki at því);koma á e-t, to come on, hit (höggit kom á lærit);koma e-u á, to bring about, effect (máttu þeir øngum flutningum á koma);koma kristni (dat.) á England, to christianize E.;koma fram, to come forth, appear, emerge (sigldi E. suðr með landi ok kom fram í Danmörk); to be produced, brought forward (nú mun pat fram koma sem ek sagða);koma e-u fram, to bring about, effect (koma fram hefndum);koma fyrir e-t, to be an equivalent for (fyrir víg Hjartar skyldi koma víg Kols);allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will all come to the same;koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail;e-m þykkir fyrir ván komit, at, one thinks it past all hope, that;koma e-u fyrir, to destroy (hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir);koma í e-t, to come into, enter;mál koma í dóm, suits are brought up for judgement;koma niðr, to come down;hann reyndi eptir, hvar G. væri niðr kominn, what had become of G.;kom þar niðr tal hennar, at hon sagði honum, hversu, the end of her talk was, that she told him how koma;koma hart niðr, to pay dearly for it (ek hafða illa til gört, enda kom ek hart niðr);koma saman, to come together, gather (er saman kom liðit); to agree;þat kom saman (or ásamt) með þeim, they agreed on it;impers., kom þeim vel saman (ásamt), they agreed well;koma e-u saman, to bring about, effect;koma saman sættum með e-m, to reconcile them;koma til e-s, to come to a person or place (jarlinn kom með allan her sinn til Dyflinnar);koma till ríkis, to come to, or succeed to, the throne;koma til e-s, to cause: þat kemr til þess, at, the reason is, that; to help, avail: koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail (= koma fyrir lítit); to concern: þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, this quarrel is no business of thine; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned; to mean, signify (Þ. kvezk skilja, hvar orð hans kómu til); to be of value: sverð þat, er til kom mörk gulls, that was worth a ‘mark’ of gold; mikit þykkir til e-s koma, one is much thought of, is thought to be of great importance;koma til, to be born;koma e-m undan, to help one to escape;koma undir e-n, to come unto one;ef undir oss skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose;koma e-m undir, to get one down, overcome one;koma upp, to come up;tungl kemr upp, the moon rises;eldr kom upp, fire broke out;kom þá upp af tali þeirra, at, the end of their talk was, that; to come out, become known (kom þat þá upp, at hann hafði beðit hennar);koma e-u upp, to open (kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma);hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma, it was long before he could utter a word;koma við e-t, to touch (komit var við hurðina);þeir kómu við sker, they struck on a reef;hann kemr við margar sögur, he appears in many sagas; to be added to (koma þær nætr við hinar fyrri);koma við, to fit, be convenient, suit;koma e-u við, to employ, make use of (ek mátta eigi boganum við koma); hann kom því við (he brought about), at engi skyldi fara með vápn; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, all fled that could;koma sér við, to bring about, effect, be able to do (ek mun veita þér slíkt lið sem ek má mér við koma); to behave (hversu hann kom sér við í þessum málum);koma yfir, to pass over (hvert kveld, er yfir kom);5) refl., komast;* * *pres. sing. kem, kemr, kemr; an older form komr is used constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Sæm.; and even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc., Greg., etc.); reflex. komsk, 2nd pers. kømztu ( pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18: 2nd pers. komt, 17, mod. komst: the pret. plur. varies, kvámu being the oldest form; kvómu, often in the MSS.; kómu, as it is still pronounced in the west of Icel.; the usual and latest form is komu, with a short vowel; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as the word is usually written kumu or qumu: pret. subj. kvæmi and kꝍmi (kæmi): imperat. kom, kom-ðú, proncd, kondu, come thou! pret. infin. kómu ( venisse), Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62:—with suff. neg., pres. kmr-at or kømr-að, Akv. 11, Grág. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a, kom-að, came not, Ls. 56, Þorf. Karl. (in a verse), Þd. 18; 2nd pers. komtaðu ( non venisti), Am. 99; subj. kømi-a ( non veniret), Gs. 10: reflex., pres. kømsk-at, Grág. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at ( could not come), Am. 3:—a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), Ó. H. 140, 214, Skm. 10, 11; subj. pres. komimk, Ó. H. 85; pret. kømomc, Hbl. 33 (Bugge); part. pass. kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms kvam and kvaminn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates’ Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf á Völlum (died A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v throughout, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i. e. qwiman, = ἔρχεσθαι; A. S. cuman; Engl. come; O. H. G. queman; Germ. kommen; Dutch komen; Dan. komme; Swed. komma; Lat. venio, qs. gvenio; the Ormul. spells cumenn, indicating a long root vowel; cp. North. E. coom.]A. To come; sá þeirra sem fyrr kæmi, Fms. ix. 373; konungr kom norðr til Túnsbergs, 375; kómu Finnar heim, i. 9; þeir mágar kómu ór hjúkólfi, Sturl. ii. 124; kömr hann á konungs fund, Fms. ix. 221; þá vóru þeir norðan komnir, 308; hér er nú komin ær ein kollótt, Sturl. i. 159, passim.2. to become, arrive; bréf kómu frá Skúla jarli, Fms. ix. 375; ef svá síðarliga kömr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28; en er vár kom, Eg. 167; koma at máli við e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467; konungi kom njósn, Fms. vii. 57; þá komu honum þau tíðendi, i. 37; þetta kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum þat (it came to him, he got it) fyrir útan fé, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394; hvat sem á bak kemr, whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or í hald, to avail oneself, 192, Fms. x. 413; koma at gagni, to ‘come in useful,’ be of use, Nj. 264; koma at úvörum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132; koma e-m fyrir úvart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma á úvart, Nj. 236; koma í þörf = koma í gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp þitt þá? Bs. i. 18; mál koma í dóm, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; líðr vetrinn, kemr þar ( that time comes) er menn fara til Gulaþings, Eg. 340; var þá svá komit, at allir menn vóru sofa farnir, 376; kom svá ( it came to pass) at Bárði var heitið meyjunni, 26; svá kemr, kemr þar, at, it comes to pass. Fb. i. 174, ii. 48, 68; láta koma, to let come, put; síðan létu þeir koma eld í spánuna, Fms. xi. 34.3. in greeting; kom heill, welcome! kom heill ok sæll, frændi! Nj. 175: mod. komdu (kondu) sæll! komið þér sælir!II. with prepp.; koma á, to hit; ef á kömr, Grág. ii. 7:—koma at, to come to, arrive, happen; láttu at því koma, let it be so, Dropl. 24; kom þat mjök optliga at honum, of sickness, Fms. vii. 150; kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koma at hendi, to happen; mikill vandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom. 80; koma at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, Þkv. 32:—koma fram, to come forth, appear, stund var í milli er þeir sá framstafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304; engin kom önnur vistin fram, Eg. 549; nú eru öll sóknar-gögn fram komin, Nj. 143: to emerge, hann kom fram í Danmörk, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Ísl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn. 152: to arrive, sendimenn fóru ok fram kómu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa mál þau fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grág. i. 64: to be fulfilled, happen, því er á þínum dögum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; nú mun þat fram komit sem ek sagða, Eg. 283; kom nú fram spásagan Gests, Ld. 286; öll þessi merki kómu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aldrei skal maðr arf taka eptir þann mann er hann vegr, eðr ræðr bana fram kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with effect, Grág. ii. 113; staðar-prýði flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146; vera langt fram kominn, mod. áfram kominn, to be ‘in extremis,’ at the point of death, 644; er sú frásögn eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from not far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5:—koma fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundrað skyldu koma fyrir víg Snorra (of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kvaðsk aldri hefnt þykkja Kjartans, nema Bolli kæmi fyrir, Ld. 240; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will come to the same, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5:—koma í, to enter, come in, a fisherman’s term; koma í drátt, to hook a fish; at í komi með ykkr Þorbrandssonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80:—koma með, to come with a thing, to bring; kondu með það, fetch it!—koma til, to come to; vera kann at eigi spillisk þótt ek koma til, Eg. 506; nú er rétt lögruðning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til ríkis, to come to a kingdom, Eg. 268; þeir létu til hans koma um alla héraðs-stjórn, Fs. 44: to befall, kom svá til efnis, it so happened, Mar.; þeim hlutum sem hafinu kunni opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323: to mean, signify, en hvar kom þat til er hann sagði, Ó. H. 87; ef þat kom til annars, en þess er hann mælti, id.: to cause, hygg ek at meir komi þar til lítilmennska, Eb. 172; konungr spurði hvat til bæri úgleði hans, hann kvað koma til mislyndi sína, Fms. vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed.: to concern, þetta mál er eigi kom síðr til yðvar en vár, Fms. vii. 130; þetta mál kemr ekki til þín, Nj. 227; þat er kemr til Knúts, Fms. v. 24; þat er til mín kemr, so far as I am concerned, iv. 194; hann kvað þetta mál ekki til sín koma, vi. 100; þeir eru orðmargir ok láta hvervetna til sín koma, meddle in all things, 655 xi. 2: to belong to, skulu þeir gjalda hinum slíka jörð sem til þeirra kemr, proportionally, Jb. 195; kemr þat til vár er lögin kunnum, Nj. 149; sú sök er tylptar-kviðr kömr til, Grág. i. 20; tylptar-kviðar á jafnan á þingi at kveðja, þar sem hann kömr til saka, ii. 37; þá er komit til þessa gjalds ( it is due), er menn koma í akkeris-sát, 408: to help, avail, koma til lítils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj. 149, Fms. vi. 211; at göra litla fésekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars kemr, I am not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case best, Band. 36 new Ed.; koma til, to ‘come to,’ of a person in a swoon, etc.; veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun sú tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. 103; hvar til þessi svör skulu koma, i. 3; það kemr til, it will all come right; kom þar til með kóngum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Skíða R. 48: to be of value, importance, authority, þótti allt meira til hans koma, Fas. i. 16; hvart sem til hans kæmi meira eðr minna, Fms. xi. 76; sverð þat er til kom hálf mörk gulls, Ld. 32; svá fémikill at til kómu tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85; mér þykir lítið til hans koma, I think little of him:—koma saman, to come together, live together, marry, K. Á. 134: to agree, þat kom saman með þeim, they agreed on it, Dropl. 9, Gísl. 41; kom þat ásamt með þeim, id., Fb. i. 168; koma vel ásamt, to agree well, Nj. 25:—koma undir e-n, to come unto one, ef undir oss bræðr skal koma kjörit, if we are to choose, Nj. 192; öll lögmæt skil þau er undir mik koma á þessu þingi, 239: to depend on, það er mikit undir komið, at …, be of importance:—koma upp, to come up, break out; kom þá upp grátr fyrir henni, she burst into tears, Fms. ix. 477; er lúðrar kvæði við, ok herblástr kæmi upp, v. 74; er seiðlætin kómu upp, Ld. 152; eldr kom upp, fire came up, Ölk. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an eruption); ef nokkut kemr síðan sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121: þá kom þat upp at hann hafði beðit hennar, Eg. 587; kom þat upp af tali þeirra, at …, Fms. vii. 282; þat kom upp ( it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera vin annars, i. 58: to turn up, ek ætla mér góðan kost hvárn sem upp kemr, Eg. 715; mun nú hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at sakar görðisk eða upp kæmi, Grág. i. 27; skaut til Guðs sínu máli, ok bað hann láta þat upp koma er hann sæi at bazt gegni, Ó. H. 195, Stj. 385:—koma við, to touch, hit; sé eigi komið við, if it is not touched, Grág. ii. 65; komit var við hurðina, Fas. i. 30; at þeir skyldi koma við torfuna, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei svá reitt vápn at manni, at eigi hafi við komit, Nj. 185; hann kemr við margar sögur, he comes up, appears in many Sagas, Ld. 334; koma þeir allir við þessa sögu síðan, Nj. 30; sem ek kom við (as I mentioned, touched upon) í morgin, Fms. ii. 142; er mestr er, ok úskapligast komi við, Ld. 118: to fit, þat kemr lítt við, ‘tis not meet, it won’t do, Lv. 20; mun ek gefa þér tveggja dægra byr þann er bezt kemr við, Fas. iii. 619: koma við, to land, call; þeir vóru komnir við Ísland, Eg. 128; þeir kómu við Hernar, Nj. 4; þeir kómu suðr við Katanes, 127; þeir kómu við sker ( struck on a skerry) ok brutu stýri sín, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafði komit við hval, he had struck against a whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma við, to call, make a short stay, also on land: to be added to, tekr heldr at grána gamanit ok koma kveðlingar við, i. 21; koma þær nætr við inar fyrri, Rb. 58; þá koma enn ellefu nætr við, 22:—koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; íss er yfir kömr, Hm. 81; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr kom yfir, 623. 57; at sá dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. 111.B. With the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry; páfa þess, er Kristni (dat.) kom á England, who Christianised England, Íb. 14; koma mönnum til réttrar trúar, Fms. i. 146; koma orðum við e-n, to speak to a person; görðisk hann styggr svá at fáir menn máttu orðum við hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with him, Eg. 3; hann görði sik svá reiðan, at ekki mátti orðum við hann koma, Fms. i. 83, xi. 293; koma vélræðum við e-n, to plan against one, Eg. 49; koma flugu í munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68; þú skalt ekki láta í skorta at koma þeim í (málit) með þér, 271; hann skyldi koma Þór í Geirröðar-garða, make Thor come to G., Edda 60; hann kom Þorhaddi heilum yfir ána, he brought Th. safe across the river, Þorst. Síðu H. 181; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, Gþl. 415; koma e-m í hel, to put one to death, Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to make one fall, Edda 34; koma e-m í sætt, Fs. 9; mun ek koma þér í sætt við konung, Eg. 227; hann kom sér í mikla kærleika við jarlinn, Nj. 268; koma sér í þjónustu, Fs. 84; koma sér vel, to put oneself in favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mér vel hjá meyjum, Kormak; þeir komu sér vel við alla, Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66; koma sér ílla, to make oneself hated; það kemr sér ílla, it is ill seen, unpleasant; as also, það kemr sér vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til leiðar, to effect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld. 320; koma tölu á, to put, count on, count, number, Anal. 217; koma friði, sættum á, to bring peace, agreement about: hann kom þeim á flótta, he put them to flight, Fms. vii. 235; tóku þar allt er þeir kómu höndum á, all they could catch, ix. 473; koma e-m ór eldi, Fb. i. 300; tók hann merkit ok kom því (put it, hid it) í millum klæða sinna, Nj. 274: Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, 115; allt þat er bitið var ok blóði kom út á, where it was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187.II. with prepp.; koma e-u fram, to effect; koma fram ferð, máli, Nj. 102; til lítils þætti þat koma, en enginn kvæmi sínu máli fram þótt til alþingis væri stefnt, 149, Fb. ii. 90; þat skal aldri verða at hann komi þessu fram, Eg. 765; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262; koma fram lögum við e-n. Eg. 722:—koma e-u á, to bring about, introduce:—koma e-u af, to abolish; þó fékk hann því ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165; koma e-u af sér, to get rid of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41:—koma e-u fyrir, to arrange; koma e-m fyrir, to get a place for one; hann kom honum fyrir í skóla: to destroy (fyrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Glúm. 356:—koma e-u upp, to open; áðr ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms. iii. 74; kerling tekr hörpuna ok vildi upp koma ( open), nú fær hón upp komit hörpunni, Fas. i. 233; hann mátti lengi eigi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, it was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234; sá svarar er mátti máli upp koma, vii. 288:—koma e-m undir, to overthrow one, get one down; varð at kenna afls-munar áðr hann kæmi honum undir, Eb. 172:—koma e-m undan, to make one escape. Fms. vii. 265, 623. 18:—ek ætla at koma mér útan, I think to go abroad, Nj. 261:—koma e-u við, to bring about, effect, to be able to do; ek mun veita þér slíkt sem ek má mér við koma, as I can, Nj.; þú munt öðru koma við en gabba oss, Anal. 77; hann kom því við ( brought about) at engi skyldi fara með vápn, Fms. vii. 240; ef váttum kvæmi við, in a case where witnesses were at hand, Íb. 12; liðit flýði allt þat er því kom við, all that could fled, Eg. 529; Guðmundr hafði almanna-lof hversu hann kom sér við ( how he behaved) þessum málum, Nj. 251; komi þeir til er því koma við, who can, Gþl. 371; menn skyldi tala hljótt ef því kæmi við, Sturl. iii. 147; ef því kemr við, if it is possible, Gþl. 429; urðu þeir at flýja sem því kómu við, Fb. ii. 187; ekki mun oss þetta duga, at hann komi boganum við, Nj. 96.C. Reflex. komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat. pervenire; the difference between the active and reflex. is seen from such phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, he will come if he can; or, eg komst ekki á stað, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir íllviðri, I could not come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion of chance, hap, komask í lífs háska, to come into danger of life; komask í skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like; Þorfinnr kom öngu hljóði í lúðrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blástrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask á fætr, to get on one’s legs, Eg. 748; hann komsk við svá búit í ríki sitt, Hkr. i. 76; meina honum vötn eða veðr svá at hann má ekki komask til þess staðar, Grág. i. 496; hann komsk með sundi til lands, Eg. 261; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit fyrir þeim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr færi eigi utan ok mætti hann komask, 111; ef maðr byrgir mann inni í húsi, svá at hann má eigi út komask, so that he cannot get out, Grág. ii. 110; en allt fólk flýði með allt lausa-fé er með fékk komisk, with all the property they could carry with them, Fms. i. 153; ek komumk vel annar-staðar út, þótt hér gangi eigi, Nj. 202; komask á milli manna, to get oneself among people, intrude oneself, 168; komsk hann í mestu kærleika við konung, Eg. 12; komask at orði, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hann að orði komsk, passim.II. with prepp.; komast á, to get into use; það komst á:—komask af, to get off, escape, save one’s life; hann bað menn duga svá at af kæmisk skipit, Fms. x. 98; tveir druknuðu, en hinir kómusk af:—komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure; mörgum manns-öldrum síðarr komsk at bók þeirri Theodosius, Niðrst. 10; Hrani gat komisk at trúnaði margra ríkra manna, Fms. iv. 62; þú hefir at þessum peningum vel komisk, ‘tis money well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltú ílla at komask, thou shall not get it unfairly, vii. 124:—komast eptir, to enquire into, get information of:—komask fyrir, to prevent, come in another’s way:—koma hjá e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing:—komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing, ek komst ekki til þess, I have no time; eg komst ekki til að fara:—komask undan, to escape; allt þat lið er undan komsk, Eg. 261; ekki manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387; komask undan á flótta, Eg. 11:—komask við, to be able; komusk þeir ekki í fyrstu við atlöguna, Fms. vii. 264; ef hann vill refsa údáða-mönnum, ok má þó við komask, N. G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bæl, sem þú mátt við komask, Fær. 64; ef ek viðr of kœmimk, Hbl. 33; þá er ek komumk við, Eg. 319; komask við veðri, to get abroad, Rd. 252; hann lét þat ekki við veðri komask, Fms. vii. 165: to be touched (við-kvæmni), hann komsk við mjök ok felldi tár, iii. 57; eða hann komisk við ( repent) ok hverfi aptr at íllsku sinni, Greg. 41; þá komsk mjök við inn válaði, svá at hann matti eigi lengi orði upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; þá komsk hón við ákaflega mjök, Clem. 32; með við komnu hjarta, with a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166:—komask yfir e-t, to overcome, get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fét, Bárð. 175.D. Part. kominn, in special phrases; inn komni maðr, a new comer, stranger, Gullþ. 47; at kominn, arrived; hinn aðkomni maðr, a guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andláti, at dauða, to be at the last gasp; var at komit, at …, it was on the point of happening, that …, Str. 8; vóru þeir mjök at komnir ( much exhausted) svá magrir vóru þeir, Fas. iii. 571:—heill kominn, hail! Blas. 42; vel kominn, welcome! vertu vel kominn! ver með oss vel kominn, Þiðr. 319, Fs. 158; hann bað þá vera vel komna, passim; so also, það er vel komið, ‘it is welcome,’ i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour:—placed, ertu maðr sannorðr ok kominn nær frétt, Nj. 175; Pétri var svá nær komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48; ok nú eigi allfjarri yðr komit, xi. 123; svá vel er sá uppsát komin, at …, ix. 368: situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn á fjall upp, is situated on a fell, Symb. 18; útsker þat er komit af þjóðleið, Eg. 369: metaph., vel, ílla kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek þykjumk hér vel kominn; hann var vel til náms kominn, he was in a good place for learning, Bs. i. 153; þat fé er ílla komit er fólgit er í jörðu, Grett. 39 new Ed.; mér þykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better off, in better hands, Fms. vi. 5; lítt ertú nú kominn, Njarð. 376; þykkjumk ek hér vel kominn með þér, Nj. 258:—kominn af, or frá e-m, come of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim:—kominn á sik vel, in a good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202; hverjum manni betr á sik kominn, Ld. 110; kominn á sik manna bezt, Ísl. ii. 203: vera á legg kominn, to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera svá aldrs kominn, to be of such an age, Fs. 4, 13, Sturl. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56; hér er allvel á komit, it suits well enough, Bs. i. 531: hann sagði henni hvar þá var komit, how matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152; hann undi vel við þar sem komit var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 22; Sveinn segir honum sem komit var þessu máli, Fms. ii. 159; at svá komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i. 317; málum várum er komit í únýtt efni, Nj. 164, 190:—vera kominn til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one; ef hann fengi þat er hann var eigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7; þeir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248; fá þeir margir af yðr sæmd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann, Eg. 111; þeim til sæmdar er til þess er kominn, Sks. 311, rétt komnir til konungdóms, rétt kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix. 332; lézk Sigvaldi nú kominn til ráða við Astríði, xi. 104: fit for, entitled to, hann þótti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmörk, i. 65: shapen, þetta mál er svá til komit, vii. 130; sagðisk hann eigi verr til manns kominn en Sturla bróðir hans, Sturl.; eigi þóttusk þeir til minna vera komnir fyrir ættar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17.II. part. pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525: one to come, future generations, verandum ok viðr-komendum, N. G. L. i. 121; allir menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3; komendr, pl. guests, comers.
Страницы
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Being and Nothingness — Being and Nothingness: An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology (French: L Être et le néant : Essai d ontologie phénoménologique ), sometimes subtitled A Phenomenological Essay on Ontology, is a 1943 philosophical treatise by Jean Paul Sartre that… … Wikipedia
fulfilled — fulfil ful‧fil [fʊlˈfɪl] , fulfill verb fulfilled PTandPP fulfilling PRESPART [transitive] 1. if a hope, promise etc is fulfilled, the thing that you had hoped for, promised etc happens or is done … Financial and business terms
Destiny Fulfilled — Studio album by Destiny s Child Released November 16, 2004 … Wikipedia
List of Being Human characters — For characters in the Canadian/US adaptation, see List of Being Human (North American TV series) characters. This is a list of fictional characters in the British supernatural drama comedy television series Being Human. The series stars Lenora… … Wikipedia
A condition which prevents a contract from going into operation until it has been fulfilled — Classification Conditions are either express or implied, the former when incorporated in express terms in the deed, contract, lease, or grant; the latter, when inferred or presumed by law, from the nature of the transaction or the conduct of the… … Black's law dictionary
A condition which prevents a contract from going into operation until it has been fulfilled — Classification Conditions are either express or implied, the former when incorporated in express terms in the deed, contract, lease, or grant; the latter, when inferred or presumed by law, from the nature of the transaction or the conduct of the… … Black's law dictionary
The Stones Are Hatching — infobox Book | name = The Stones Are Hatching title orig = translator = image caption = author = Geraldine McCaughrean illustrator = cover artist = country = UK language = English series = genre = Young adult fantasy publisher = Oxford University … Wikipedia
1971 (film) — Infobox Film name = 1971 image size = caption = director = Amrit Sagar producer = Amrit Sagar Moti Sagar writer = Piyush Mishra (Screenplay Dialogue) Amrit Sagar story = dialogue = starring = Manoj Bajpai Ravi Kishan Piyush Mishra music = Akash… … Wikipedia
List of conspiracy theories — The list of conspiracy theories is a collection of the most popular unproven theories related but not limited to clandestine government plans, elaborate murder plots, suppression of secret technology and knowledge, and other supposed schemes… … Wikipedia
Soundarya — (Kannada:ಸೌಂದರ್ಯ)(July 17, 1971 April 17, 2004) was a film actress in Kannada, Telugu, Tamil and Malayalam films. She had a successful career of 12 years as heroine in films until her death in a plane crash near Bangalore. She acted in more than… … Wikipedia
MUSE QoS solution — MUSE advocates the introduction of QoS into IP networks as this allows better resource utilization while at the same time it allows to serve multiple and different applications with the transport quality they actually need.The solution needs to… … Wikipedia
